Home

User's Guide [Network Scan/Fax/Network Fax Operations]

1. gl Derete Check Job Settings E 4 30 2009 01 45 Toner Level kil aa one 5 10 10 Application Frame Erase Select to erase frames of the original H To erase all frames with the same width press Frame and specify a numeric value between 1 16 and 2 inches 0 1 and 50 0 mm D To individually specify the top left right and bottom widths press the desired button and specify a numeric value for that side H To not to erase frames press None Job List Select the area of the document to erase Specify the width using the 1 1 keys Scan Settings gt Application gt Frame Erase Broadcast Destinations Right Botton Delete Gheck Job Settings 4 f 12 30 2009 01 50 _Toner Level dl Fees 100 Reference D If the width to be erased around the original is specified with Frame Erase of the Book Copy function the same settings also applies to Frame Era
2. 3 1 Control panel Use the control panel for the fax scan operation The following describes the buttons and switches of the control panel 4 ffe Ready to copy GER Power 2 Hane Status Power Save 3 S d 22 21 See 20 a 4 9 Toner Level kil NADA Language Selection y Bric ntness 2 Fax Scan Chipy Maz 7 18 1 Accessibility I ecess H Imo Pr ee Y 5 1 6 A PQRS TUV WXYZ Start 9 K Guidance 7 8 9 15 wooo GE JI Data ez Sec 141312 1110 No Name Description 1 Touch Panel Various screens and messages are displayed Configure the various settings by directly touch ing the panel 2 Power Indicator Lights up in blue when the machine is turned on with the main power switch 3 Sub Power Switch Press this switch to turn on off machine opera tions including copying printing and scanning When turned off the machine enters an energy conservation state 4 Power Save Press this key to enter Power Save mode While the machine is in Power Save mode the indicator on the Power Save key lights up in green and the touch panel goes off To exit from Power Save mode press the Power Save key again 5 Mod
3. Original Main unit Memory Scanned data Server Intranet Internet Download NOOR WN A bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 13 2 2 Overview 2 Web Service If the driver is installed to a computer Windows Vista Server 2008 7 on the network while the computer rec ognizes this machine scan operation can be commanded from the computer and data can be scanned using this machine depending on the purpose and sent to the computer 1 2 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 2 Command scan operation 3 Scanned data 4 Original 2 2 2 Available operations with fax function Sending receiving G3 fax G3 fax can be sent or received Destinations can be selected from the touch panel of this machine for broad cast transmission Also some of the edit functions that are available for Scan can be added when sending a fax 1 ES C C C 2 1 Send 2 Receive bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 14 2 2 Overview 2 Polling By sending a polling command original data can be received from the sender s fax machine Polling RX and also original data to be sent with sender s command can be registered beforehand Polling TX For polling TX data can be saved
4. Original Main unit Memory Scanned data FTP server Intranet Internet Download NOOR WN A SMB transmission Scanned data can be sent to a shared folder on a specified computer Enter the intended host name file path and other information from the touch panel of this machine 1 Original 2 Main unit 3 Memory 4 Scanned data 5 Save to shared folder bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 12 2 2 Overview 2 User Box filing Scanned data can be saved in the Public Personal or Group User Box created on the hard disk of this ma chine allowing the data to be reused The file name can be entered from the touch panel of this machine when the data is saved In addition received fax data can be saved in the User Box For details refer to the User s Guide Box Oper ations Reference e The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 1 Main unit 2 Hard disk WebDAV transmission Upload scanned data to the specified server Enter the server address and login password from the touch panel of this machine The data uploaded to the server can be downloaded from a computer on the network
5. Item Description Open User Box Opens the currently created User Box Public Personal or Group User Box to en able you to print send or download a document saved in the User Box or to change the User Box setting Create User Box Enables to create a new User Box bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 19 11 4 User Mode Overview 1 1 Item Description Open System This function opens the System User Box Bulletin Board Polling TX Compulsory User Box Memory RX Confidential RX or Relay User Box to enable you to handle a docu ment saved in the User Box or change the User Box setting e The Bulletin Board Polling TX Compulsory Memory RX and Relay User Boxes are available when the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is installed e The Confidential RX User Box is available when the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is installed while no Hard Disk is installed Create System Enables you to create a new Bulletin Board Confidential RX or Relay User Box User Box e The Bulletin Board and Relay User Boxes are available when the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is installed e The Confidential RX User Box is available when the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is installed while no Hard Disk is installed Reference e Open User Box and Create User Box are displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed 11 4 4 Direct Print 2 use Logout Change Password 12 KE Ready to Scan SS Ready to Print a
6. cojan pD Light Standard 1 Delete Check Job Settings E 12 30 2009 01 40 Toner Level vl E 100 5 10 6 Color E mail BOX SMB FTP WebDAV IP I FAX Job List Select color type Scan Settings gt Color Broadcast Destinations Full Color 2e 22 fod Gray Scale Delete E Check Job Settings mmer Level kl eege E Specify whether to scan originals in color or black and white Some color settings may not be available depending on the selected File Type setting The following shows the combinations of the File Type and Color settings Auto Color Full Color Gray Scale Black PDF O O O O Compact PDF O O O TIFF O O O O JPEG O O O S XPS O O O O Compact XPS O O O Reference e When saving a TIFF file in color the compression format can be specified For details refer to page 9 26 If you select JPEG 1 Every X Page s is automatically selected in Page Separation in Scan Setting The IP address fax and Internet fax functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 43 5 10 Scan Settings 5 10 7 Auto Zoom Automatically detects the color of the original and scans it to fit the original setting Full Color Scans the original in full color Gray Scale Select for originals with many halftones such as in black and white photos
7. First level Second level 4 Security De 1 4 Manual Destination Input tails 0 10 12 2 4 Restrict Fax TX Hide Personal Information Display Activity Log 3 4 Initialize Reference Job History Thumbnail Display Copy Guard Password Copy H The item with Ir mark is displayed if a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 8 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV 10 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV This section describes administrator settings that are configured for E mail Transmission Save in User Box SMB FTP and WebDAV Reference e The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 10 3 1 Displaying the Administrator Settings screen To display the Administrator Settings screen press the Utility Counter key on the control panel and then select Administrator Settings from the Utility menu that appears Enterthe administrator password and then press OK Use the keyboard or keypad to type in the Administrator Password Press C to clear the entered Administrator Password Utility gt Administrator Settings D DBO BOADO DBB E D D DDD DDD DDD DD BD DODO DED DPE B B Me DDD HH Gen Zeen 10 3 2 System Settings Restrict User Access Specify items for which access is restricted in the User mode Restrict Acce
8. _ close _ 01 05 2010 18 21 Memory 100 e An item can also be selected by pressing the key on the keypad for the correspondent number To se lect User Settings press 2 on the keypad 9 3 2 Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings Customize the Fax Scan mode screen Configure the default tab of Fax Scan mode screen the Default Address Book 1 2 page Job List E Select job setting d Utility gt Custom Display Settings gt Scan Fax Settings Job Setting OCA Kg Ca EE Custom Display are Book Settings Direct Input 01 06 2010 15 44 Memory 100 Item Description Default Tab Configure the default tab of Fax Scan mode screen the Default Address Book Program Default Configure the default Scan Fax program screen Default PAGE1 Address Book Index De Select a index type that appears in the Address Book tab Default Fa fault vorites Shortcut Key 1 Short Allows you to register up to two shortcut keys for scan original or commu cut Key 2 nication settings at the bottom of the screen e To delete the shortcut key press OFF e If Shortcut Keys 1 and 2 are configured Language Selection is not dis played on the Scan Fax screen bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 24 9 3 User Settings 9 2 2 page Jolit Select job setting Custom Display Settings 01 06 2010 15 46 Memory 100 Item Description Default Address Book Selec
9. Memory RX Settings Closed Network RX Forward TX Setting Incomplete TX Hold PC Fax RX Setting Partially unavailable TSI User Box Setting Partially unavailable PBX Connection Setting Activity Report TX Result Report Sequential TX Report Timer Reservation TX Report Confidential Rx Report Bulletin TX Report Relay TX Result Report Relay Request Report PC Fax TX Error Report Broadcast Result Report TX Result Report Check Network Fax RX Error Report MDN Message DSN Message Print E mail Message Body Job Settings List Multi Line Settings bizhub 423 363 283 223 EN Functions Available O Un Note available x with no HDD installed Black Compression Level Color Grayscale Multi Value Com pression Method Internet Fax Self RX Ability x Internet Fax Advanced Settings IP Address Fax Operation Set tings G3 Fax Print Quality Settings O Security Settings Manual Destination Input Restrict Fax TX Hide Personal Information O Display Activity Log Initialize Job History Thumbnail Display x Copy Guard O Password Copy 2 1 2 Transmission function Function type Using this machine
10. 01 07 2010 11 39 El Memory 100 The following screen is displayed if two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed and Individual Receiving Line Setup is set to ON in Administrator Settings Press Yes and then specify a password using the keypad up to 8 digits Select Memory RX Use the keypad to enter the password ministrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Memory RX Settings Fax Line 1 Utility Fax Line 2 Administrator Settings Memory RX User Box Password Fax Settings Function TEES Settings 01 07 2010 11 40 Memory 100 The following items are not available if Memory RX Settings are configured H PC Fax RX Settings e TSI User Box Settings H Forward TX Setting Reference e For details on printing documents stored in a Memory RX User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Op erations H You can also specify the registered group as the destination bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 23 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 4 0 Closed Network RX Specify whether to use the Closed Network RX function To use the function specify a password that is used for Closed Network RX Press No to clear the entered setting and then specify a password using the keypad up to 4 digits se the keypad to enter the password Administrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Closed Network RX Closed Network RX Password 01 07 2010 11 40 Memory 100 Reference
11. Item Description Start Time The starting time of the communication Time The duration of the communication Prints The number of transmitted received document pages For memory transmis sion the number of pages transmitted successfully and the total number of pages are printed as a factional number Note One of the followings is printed L1 Main line G3 only L2 Sub line G3 only TMR Timer TX POL Polling ORG Original size specified FME Frame erase MIX Sent by mixed original mode CALL Manual transmission CSRC Remote diagnosis FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Binding Position SP Special original FCODE F Code specified RTX Re transmission RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin board SIP This machine does not support SIP fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax Result Reference OK Printed if the communication is complete successfully S OK Printed if the communication is interrupted PW OFF Printed if the power switch is turned off during communication TEL Printed if the machine receives a phone call NG Printed if a communication error occurs Continue Printed if a transmission error has occurred and the job is put in a queue for retransmission error page redial No Response Printed if no response is returned from the recipient Busy Printed if the recipient s line is busy
12. bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX Confidential Bulletin List Confidential Bulletin List Fax Setting List P 7 12 30 2009 21 13 Serial No 1 38 Password Type 000000005 bbox1 000000006 box3 Bulletin 1234 User Box bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 4 1 Polling TX Report The result of polling transmission is printed automatically You can select ON If TX Fails or OFF from TX Result Report in the Utility menu Result Polling TX Report P 1 01 04 2010 17 57 Serial No 1 46 Addressee Start Time Tine Prints Resuit Note 222333444555 01 04 17 57 00 00 06 001 001 OK l Li POL ORG Note Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax OK Communication OK S 0K Stop Communication PW OFF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error DC Decode Error MDN MDN Response Err
13. ceived in high resolution the document may be divided and printed on multiple pages Optimal paper size 5 1 2 x 8 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2x 11 W 8 1 2 x 14 11x17u 1 2 U Ga Ca Paper selection order 5 1 2 x 8 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 11 W 8 1 2 x 14 11x17 From top to bottom 1 2 y Ga Ga 5 1 2 x 8 8 1 2 x11 W 8 1 2 x 11 11x17 A3 C 1 2 Ce Ga A5 W A4 C A4 H B4 B4 Ca A5 C A4 Y A4 C A3 CN 8 1 2 x 14 Ce 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 14 8 1 2 x 14 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 11 CN CN CN CN Ce 8 1 2 x110 11x170 11x17 8 1 2 x11 W Ad Ce A4 Ca B4 Ca B4 Ca A4 Qa A4 H A3 C A3 CN A4W B5 y B5 Ga 8 1 2 x 14 CN 11x17 B4 Ca A3 Ga Optimal paper size A5 U Ad Ca B5 H BA Ca A4 U A3 Ga Paper selection order Ad U A4 Ce B5 U B4 Ca A4 y A3 a EE AS Ga A4 H B5 a A3 a Ad a BA a A4 B4 Ca B4 Ca A4 CN B4 Ca A4 Ca A4 H A3 C A4 C A4 y A3 CN B5 U A4 y B5 Ga A3 Ga B4 Ga A3 Ga bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 10 6 6 Printing upon data reception Print Separate Fax Pages is set to ON The print paper is searched for in the descending order e Even if Print Separate Fax Pages is set to ON when the width of the selected print paper is smaller than that of the image in the received document the document size is reduced according to the paper width Optimal paper size 5 1 2 x 8 1 20 8 1 2 x 11 Ce 8 1 2x 110
14. Preview user Transmission will start Name Status E D Press the Start key change settings touch View Pages Job Details A S 12 29 2009 19 57 Toner Level cl Pres e Item Description Finish To scan subsequent pages of the originals current ly shown make sure Finish is not selected bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 11 5 2 Using the advanced preview 5 2 2 Sending with the advanced preview The following describes the procedure after the original is loaded For details on the general flow for sending fax and scanned data refer to page 5 2 Sending with Advanced Preview 1 Load the original 2 Specify the destination 3 Press the Proof Copy key 4 Select the original direction gt On the original glass select the original direction and then press Start Advanced Preview Settings Status Original Direction Delete Job Details Toner Level ll ee Ser 3 Onthe ADF Select the original direction and then press Start Advanced Preview Settings Original Direction EE zer on 3 H Advanced Preview Setting Original Direction Confirmation Screen is set to OFF in Adminis trator Settings the screen for specifying the direction in which the original is loaded does not ap pear For details on Original Direction Confirmation Screen refer to page 10 12 5 Press the Start key The original is scanned and the Preview screen appears bizhub 423 363 283 223
15. Print the list of address book destinations to check that the numbers are reg istered correctly Correct if an error is found Is the telephone line set ting correct Does the setting in Dialing Method in the Utility mode match the telephone line being used Check the setting and correct it if an error is found Is the telephone line cor rectly connected Is the telephone line disconnected Check the telephone cord for connection and if unplugged plug it securely Is there a problem with the receiving machine Is the power of the receiving facsimile turned off is it out of paper or is there another problem Call the recipient to determine whether there is a problem Was a correct password sent Check the recipient s password and then resend the fax using a correct password Was the sender s fax number correctly regis tered with Check Dest amp Send Check that the fax number registered with the recipient is correct Or send a fax with Check Dest amp Send set to No bizhub 423 363 283 223 12 2 12 1 Cann ot send faxes 12 12 1 2 Network fax or network scan sending If you cannot send a fax while using the Internet Fax IP Address Fax E mail SMB FTP WebDAV or Web Service functions follow the steps below to identify the problem Check points Corrective Actions Does the size of E mail to be sent exceed the SMTP server capacity If the size of E
16. 5 2 Using the advanced preview 6 Check the preview image and rotate the image or change settings as needed Rotate Pages Delete Page View Finishing XA View Pages Toner Level Ki EE 3 Toscan subsequent page press the View Status tab cancel Finish and load the original Scanning will stop To exit preview press Stop Preview user Transmission will start Nane Status Press the Start key To change settings touch View Pages Job Details RB 12 29 2009 19 57 Toner Level kil Peas ae 7 Press the Start key Transmission begins bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree The following describes the screen components and settings of the functions available in Fax scan mode Address Book tab The following settings can be configured with the Address Book tab page 5 20 Check Job West Status Job Details Toner Level kil First level y Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Select desired destinationts gt No of 000 irect Input Job History Search Of f Hook Receive I Fax ME Mail E Mail E Mail User Box Tokyo Osaka Nagoya box1 WebDAV Sfax tr O Fa WebDAV1 ip fax1 ifax1 Group Search 4 Communication D Scan Settings EK Original Settings Servinas 12 23 2009 18 00 Language Selection Memory 100 Search p 5 21 Scan Settings p 5 3
17. For details on Individual Sender Line Setup refer to page 10 19 To specify the fax ID of an extension line refer to page 10 33 Sender Fax No The registered fax number is printed as the sender s information on the doc ument received by the recipient Enter a sender fax number using 0 9 8 and space up to 20 characters e If two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed register the sender fax number for each of the two lines To specify the fax ID of an extension line refer to page 10 33 10 4 7 Fax Settings Header Footer Position Specify the position on a page where sender information and fax ID that are printed on received documents Item Header Position m Select item and enter setting Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Header Footer Position Job Setting Outside Body Text Side Beds Fext Utility Administrator Footer OFI Settings Position Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 25 Memory 100 Description Specify the position of the sender information to be added on a fax document sent from this machine The added sender information is printed as a part of the image on the document received by the recipient If you select OFF the sender information will not be added Print Receiver s Name Specify the items to be added as the sender information Not displayed for North American or Hong Kong models Footer Position Specify the positio
18. Overview User s Guide Advanced Function Operations This manual describes details on functions that be come available by registering the optional license kit and by connecting to an application e Web browser function Image panel PDF Processing Function Searchable PDF My panel and My address functions Trademarks Copyrights 1 1 2 User s Guide This manual describes details on trademarks and copyrights e Trademarks and copyrights This User s Guide is intended for users ranging from those using this machine for the first time to administra tors It describes basic operations functions that enable more convenient operations simple troubleshooting op erations and various setting methods of this machine Note that basic technical knowledge about the product is required to enable users to perform troubleshooting operation Limit your troubleshooting operations to the areas explained in this manual Should you experience any problems please contact our service representative bizhub 423 363 283 223 1 2 Conventions used in this manual 1 1 2 Conventions used in this manual 1 2 1 Symbols used in this manual Symbols are used in this manual to express various types of information The following describes each symbol related to correct and safe usage of this machine To use this machine safely A WARNING D This symbol indicates that a failure to heed the instructions may lead to death or seri
19. Print Setting Information Print Information Select Tray Device Information Device Name MFP Device Location Engine Serial Number 11 Device Type PrintiCopy ScaniFax Toner Status Black AAA Paper Tray Paper Size Paper Type 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Tray 1 ou D 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Tray 2 le 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Tray 3 S e 12 x 1 LEF Plain Paper Ready Tray 4 le 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Paper Status e Bypass Empty ajajaja Detail Output Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Saddle Tray Tray 3 Administrator Information Administrator Name admin Extension No Admin E mail Address admin test local Item Description Device Informa tion Enables you to check the components options consumables and meter counts of this machine Online Assist ance Enables you to check the online assistance about this product Change User Password Changes the password of the login user Function Permis sion Information Enables you to check the function permission information about the user or account Network Setting Information Enables you to check the network settings of this machine Print Setting In formation Enables you to check the printer controller settings of this machine Print Information Prints font or configuration information bizhub 423 363 283
20. bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 2 Touch panel lt Current Jobs of Send gt Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued Address Type Displays the destination type in cluding fax E Mail FTP PC SMB WebDAV TWAIN or setting disabled Status Displays the status of the job send ing queued dialing pending for redial Address Displays the fax number E mail ad dress User Box name etc of the recipient s ma chine Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original This is displayed when sending data while the ad dress is deleted TU When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Timer TX Job Displays the status of the reserved transmission in the memory To delete a job press Delete L1 L2 Displays if 2 units of the Fax Kit FK 508 are in stalled Press one of these buttons The job list of the selected line appears Delete Press this button to delete the selected job Redial Select a job of which the status is set to Waiting To Redial to perform redialing Check Job Set Press this button to check the settings of the se lected job Press either Back or Forward gt to check the settings Detail Reference Press this button t
21. gt Edit Font Macro El 2 ADA Large Size 0 O Job Log Fax TX D Fax RX H Paper Size Type Counter Paper Size Paper Type Count 11 x 17 Not Specified lo 8 1 2 x 14 Not Specified ID 8 1 2 x 11 Not Specified 0 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Not Specified D A3 Not Specified O B4 Not Specified D B5 Not Specified o 44 Not Specified H A5 Not Specified D Others Not Specified 0 Item Description Meter Count Enables you to check the meter count of this machine ROM Version Enables you to check the ROM version Import Export Saves exports setting information of this machine as a file or writes imports it from a file to this machine Status Notifica Configure the function to be reported to a registered user when an error has oc tion Setting curred in this machine Specify the destination and items to notify a registered user of an error Total Counter Configure the setting to notify the target user of the total counter by E mail and reg Notification Set ister the E mail address of the destination ting Date Time Set Specify the date and time displayed in this machine ting Timer Setting Configure Power Save or Weekly Timer Setting in this machine bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 22 115 Administrator Mode Overview 1 1 Item Description Network Error Specify whether to display the network error code Code Display Setting Reset Clears all settings for the network controller and destina
22. p 10 26 Fax Line 27 9 TSI User Box Fax Line 117 Action when TSI Setting p 10 27 User Box is not set Print TSI User Box Registration Fax Line 2 9 Action when TSI User Box is not set Print TSI User Box Registration 6 PBX Connection Setting p 10 28 7 Report Set 1 3 Activity Report tings p 10 29 TX Result Report Sequential TX Report Timer Reservation TX Report Confidential Rx Report 2 3 Bulletin TX Report Relay TX Result Report Relay Request Report PC Fax TX Error Report Broadcast Result Report 3 3 TX Result Report Check Network Fax RX Error Report p 10 37 MDN Message p 10 38 DSN Message p 10 38 Print E mail Message Body p 10 38 8 Job Settings List p 10 31 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 6 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator mode 10 Reference First level Second level Third level Fourth level 9 Multi Line Set 1 Line Parameter Dialing Method tings p 10 31 Setting p 10 31 Number of RX Call Rings Line Monitor Sound 2 Function Set PC FAX TX Setting tings p 10 32 3 Multi Line Settings p 10 32 4 Sender Fax No p 10 33 0 Network Fax 1 Black Compression Level 7 p 10 39 Settings p 10 39 2 Color Grayscale Multi Value Compression Method 4 Internet Fax Self RX Ability p 10 40 5 Internet Fax Advanced Settings p 10 41 6
23. v Original Direction Portrait v Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP on Banner Sheet Setting OFF he Banner Sheet Paper Tray Auto EN No Matching Paper in Tray Setting Stop Printing Tray Fixed dee A4A A3 lt gt LTRILGR Auto Switch OFF vj Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority Line Width Adjustment Thin Gray Background Text Correction ON e OK Cancel Item Description Basic Setting Specify the default values of the printer PCL Setting Specify the default values in the PCL mode PS Setting Specify the default values in the PS mode TIFF Setting Configure paper settings for TIFF mode XPS Settings Configure the XPS print settings Interface Setting Specify the timeout period of the interface Direct Print Set Configure the settings to enable direct printing using PageScope Web Connection tings bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 28 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 11 Item Description Assign Account to Acquire Device Info 11 5 8 Store Address Item Select whether to specify a password to acquire device information through the printer driver If ON is selected specify the password Qe Administrator Logout 13 GH Feady to Scan 2 K Store Address w Display To Main Menu Y Address Book Address Book List gt Store Address The other party who wants to transmit data can be registered a New Reg
24. y Specify the destination Address Book p 5 20 Direct Input p 5 25 Job History p 5 32 Address Search p 5 33 Configure Scan Settings p 5 36 Original Set tings p 5 55 and Communication Settings p 5 58 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 2 5 1 Operation flow 5 Load the original To check the advanced preview press Proof Copy p 5 9 Press Start Reference If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings when scanning an original with a password embedded a message prompting you to enter a password appears Press Password enter the password and then press OK On the screen that reappears press Begin Authentication to start sending e If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard is set to Yes in Administrator Settings you cannot send an original with copy guard patterns embedded e For transmission using a reverse automatic document feeder the optional Reverse Automatic Docu ment Feeder DF 621 is required bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 3 5 1 Operation flow 5 1 2 G3 fax The following describes the operation flow for using G3 fax function Press Fax Scan O Fax Scan y Specify the destination Address Book p 5 20 JobList Check Job k Ho 2 Last
25. 512 The structure of the folders cannot be referenced in the IPv6 environment Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Reference Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled D If Active Directory is used for user authentication press Home that appears on the touch panel to allow you to easily send scanned data to your own Home folder For details refer to page 5 21 To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 6 Address Book FTP Register FTP destinations To register a new destination press New 1 3 page JobList egistered number is automatically applied by touching OK Job List o specify a registered number touch the No button 01 06 2010 15 27 Cancel Memory 100 2 3 page se the keypad to enter port number o clear your entry press C E Destination y Public ow 01 06 2010 15 28 E OK j Memory 100 3 3
26. 6 Inthe Tag these images list enter the file name and then click Import The original is scanned and the scanned data is added to the list of images bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 5 Scanner Glossary 13 Scanner Glossary Term Description 10Base T A set of specifications under the Ethernet standards Those cables that con 100Base TX sist of twisted copper wire pairs are used The transmission speed of 1000Base T 10Base T is 10 Mbps of 100Base TX is 100 Mbps and of 1000Base T is 1000 Mbps Active Directory A network service provided by Microsoft Active Directory can centrally man age all types of information including servers clients printers and other hard ware resources as well as properties and access permissions of users on the network Adobe Flash Software or its file format developed by Adobe Systems Inc formerly by Macromedia Inc used to create a content by compiling vector graphic an imations and sounds The software allows handling interactive contents us ing keyboard or mouse The files can be kept relatively compact and accessed from a Web browser with dedicated plug in software Anonymous FTP While normal FTP sites are protected by an account name and password this type of FTP site can be used by anyone without a password by simply entering anonymous as the account name APOP The acronym for Authenticated Post Office Protocol While usual POP does not encrypt
27. Black Select for originals with distinct black and white areas such as in line drawings Scan Size Select to determine the size of paper to be scanned A Select the original size of ES This is not applied to fax t VG Oe Oe KA Broadcast Destinations 1 D xk D xl D vxl D Tolk D Tet D Sixth D Sixth D 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings 2 30 2009 01 42 emory 100 Toner Level ki Standard Press Auto to automatically detect the size of the first page in the original when scanning Select the size to scan the original with a predetermined paper size such as 8 1 2 x 11 A4 or 7 1 4 x 10 1 2 B5 Custom Size Enter the dimensions of a custom size other than the standard sizes H X direction Enter a value from 2 to 17 inches 30 0 to 432 0 mm e Y direction Enter a value from 2 to 11 11 16 inches 30 0 to 297 0 mm i Enter the original size using 1 This is No of mp Job List applied to e mail and file transmissions SE Scan Settings gt Scan Size gt Custom Size Broadcast Destinations E 12 30 2009 01 42 Toner Level kl Aas mies bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 44 5 10 Scan Settings Photo Size Select the size dedicated for photographs A Se he original size of scanned E i ot applied to fax transmiss Broadcast Destinations 30 2009 01 44 Toner Level ll Memory 100 5 10 8 Image Adjustment Background
28. Compact XPS O O O z Reference D Even if you have selected the file type when saving a document in a User Box you must specify the file type when downloading the data of the document The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed When saving a TIFF file in color the compression format can be specified For details refer to page 9 26 If you select JPEG 1 Every X Page s is automatically selected in Page Separation in Scan Setting H If destination is selected with IP Address Fax when the compact PDF or compact XPS is selected or if destination selected with IP Address Fax is included in broadcast the scan resolution of 400 x 400 dpi or 600 x 600 dpi is changed to 300 x 300 dpi The IP address fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 38 5 10 Scan Settings Scan Setting Data arrangement can be specified when originals containing multiple pages are scanned and sent Item Description Multi Page Creates all the scanned originals as one file This setting cannot be selected if JPEG is selected for the file type Page Separation Select to divide the scanned data at a specified page Using the keypad enter the number of pages to be saved in a file E mail Attachment Method Reference Specify the method for attaching a file to an E mail when Page Separation is sele
29. Dot Matrix Original Original with faint printing in whole Copied Paper Original with even density that was printed using a copier or printer bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 36 5 10 Scan Settings 5 10 2 Simplex Duplex Select either to scan a single sided original or to scan a double sided original Job List E Select the side to be scanned No oF ooo Dest Scan Settings gt Simplex Duplex Broadcast Destinations SI Cover 2 Sided 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings 30 2009 01 18 ner Level K Memory 100 1 Sided Scans one side of the original 2 Sided Scans both sides of the original Cover 2 Sided Scans the first page of the original as a cover in the single sided mode and also scans the remaining pages in the double sided mode 5 10 3 Resolution Select the resolution for scanning op list Select desired resolution ee for the scanned document Scan Settings gt Resolution Broadcast Destinations 200x100dpi Standard 300X300dpi H Delete k Job ings Checi Sete 12 30 2009 01 18 ner Level kl Fei aie Reference H If 300 x 300 dpi or 200 x 100 dpi is selected when sending a G3 fax or Internet fax the resolution is automatically changed to 200 x 200 dpi e If destination is selected with IP Address Fax when the compact PDF or compact XPS is selected or if destination selected with IP Address Fax is included in b
30. Enter a subject using up to 64 characters Reference e To check a registered subject select it and then press Check Job Get 1 To change the settings for a registered subject select the subject to be changed and then press Edit To delete a registered subject select the subject to be deleted and then press Delete To set a subject as the default select the subject and then press Set as Default The Internet fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 9 2 12 Registering an E mail setting text E mail l FAX Up to 10 E mail and Internet fax text strings Subject can be registered A desired text string can be selected from those registered when sending To register a new text string press New ou can register new E mail body text or edit S VIOUSIY registered body text To edit Previously Job List istered E mail body text select the text and l Si AA ility gt E Mail Settings gt E Mail Body No Body Set as Default i a Utility One Touch User Box Reg Create One Touch Destination E Mail Set as Default Settings e 01 06 2010 15 35 Memory 100 Item Description Body Enter a body message using up to 256 characters Reference To check a registered text string select the string and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered text string select the string and then press Edit To delete a registered text string sele
31. File Path Enter the destination file path for saving data via the touch panel up to 142 bytes Proxy Select whether or not a proxy server is used SSL Settings Select whether to enable SSL Port Number Enter the port number any number between 1 and 65535 Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Item Description Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled Reference H To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set H To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete 9 2 8 Address Book IP Address Fax Register IP address fax destinations To register a new destination press New 1 2 page 2 2 page Item Job List E Registered number is automatically applied by touching 0K To specify a registered number touch the No button E HOA ES 1 2000 C me AS 01 06 2010 15 31 Cancel Memory 100 You can specify the port number using the keypad You can delete the por
32. First level Second level Third level Fourth level 1 2 1 Power Enter Power Save Mode p 10 14 Save Set tings 2 Output 1 Print Fax Out Fax p 10 14 Settings put Settings 6 Re 3 Restrict Access 1 2 Registering and Changing Ad strictUser to Job Settings dresses ERR pe 103 Change the From Address 4 Restrict Opera Restrict Broadcasting tion p 10 10 9 Reset 3 Job Reset Next Job Reset Data After Settings Job p 10 10 2 2 2 Stamp 1 Header Footer Settings p 10 11 Settings gt Fax TX Settings p 10 15 9 Ad Original Direction Confirmation Screen p 10 12 vanced Preview Setting bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 4 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator mode 10 10 2 2 Fax Settings Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings Utility Administrator Settings 3 Line Parameter Setting 4 TX RX Settings Po Hea 1 Information Si 172 x BSE 6 PBX Connection Setting 4 4 A der i ition Job Settings 8 List a A Multi Line Es Settings Si A 5 Function Settings A 01 07 2010 Memory First level 13 44 100 Second level 0 Network Fax Settings 4A Third level Fourth level 1 Header Infor mation p 10 15 Sender Sender Fax No 2 Header Footer Position p 10 16 Header Position Print
33. For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 33 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 1 0 Restrict Fax TX Select whether to restrict fax transmissions If ON is selected the fax functions no longer appear on the Scan Fax screen Specify setting for selected item ministrator Settings gt Security Settings gt Security Details Job Setting Job Log Settings A utility Administrator Settings Hide Personal Information z We REETER here gt Security Settings Display Activity Log 09 29 2009 11 26 Memory 100 Hide Personal Information QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Display Activity Log EQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Initialize EQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Job History Thumbnail Display QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Copy Guard QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Password Copy MA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 34 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 10 5 10 5 1 10 5 2 10 5 3 10 5 4 10 5 5 10 5 6 Administrator Settings IP I FAX This section describes administrator settings that are configured for Internet Fax and IP Address Fax Reference e The IP address fax and Internet fax functions are
34. GH Feady to Scan A resto prin 2 To Main Menu Address Book List The other party who wants to transmit data can be registered Search by number 1 50 Go Search from Index y Go No Function Name S MIME Edit Delete 1 E mail Tokyo Edit Delete 2 Emaii Osaka Edit Delete 3 E mail Nagoya Est Delete A ra rem Exit Delete 5 SMB SMB1 Edit Delete 6 wette WebDAV1 Edit Delete 7 lP IPFaxt Edit Delete e Deng Va Edit Delete Item Description Address Book Enables you to check the address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Group Enables you to check the group address book registered in this machine or to reg ister and change an address Program Enables you to check the program address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Temporary One Enables you to check the temporary program address book registered in this ma Touch chine or to register and change an address Subject Allows you to register or change up to 10 subjects when sending E mails Text Enables you to register or change up to 10 body messages when sending E mails 1146 Customize This function enables you to specify the initial screen after logging in 2 use Logout Change Password 2 K Ready to Scan EA rev Print a SNE Es e To Main Menu E The following settings will be saved in Cookie If Cookie is deleted the default scr
35. Individual Sender Line Setup Specify whether to configure the sender setting for each line Displays if 2 units of the Fax Kit FK 508 are installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 21 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 1 0 10 4 10 Fax Settings Function Settings Function ON OFF Settings 1 2 page Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Function ON OFF Settings Job Setting Utility Relay RX Beyer Cer Relay Printing Bessigstsence ise Fax Settings Be ettings ag 01 07 2010 11 36 Memory 100 Item Description F Code TX Specify whether to use F Code TX e F Code TX provides two methods confidential transmission and relay transmission EQ Reference For details on confidential transmission refer to page 7 6 For details on relay transmission refer to page 7 7 Relay RX Set this item to ON to enable the machine to send received documents as a relay distribution station to relaying destinations To use the relay distribution function you must register a Relay User Box EQ Reference For details on registering the Relay User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Relay Printing Specify whether to print documents received from a relay instruction station Destination Check Dis Specify whether to display the list of the specified destinations when sending play Function a fax 2 2 page Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Function
36. Name User ID Pass word 2 3 Host Ad dress File Path 3 3 Proxy SSL Set tings Port Number Index Icon 7 IP Address Fax p 9 16 1 2 No Name Destina tion 2 2 Port Number Destina tion Ma chine Type Index Icon 8 Internet Fax p 9 17 1 2 No Name E Mail Address 2 2 RX Abili ty Desti nation Index Icon 3 Group p 9 18 Name Select Group Icon Check Job 4 E Mail Settings 1 E Mail Subject p 9 19 2 E mail Body p 9 19 3 Limiting Access to Destinations 1 Apply Lev els Groups to Destinations p 9 22 Address Book p 9 22 Group p 9 23 1 2 3 Program p 9 23 The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box Internet fax function and IP address fax function are available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 1 Menu trees in User mode 9 1 2 User Settings ob List E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ility gt User Settings 1 System Settings y 2 Custom Display Settings A 3 Copier Settings 4 4 Scan Fax Settings A Memory First level 01 05 2010 5 Printer Settings A 18 19 DU Second level ETA Third level Fourth level 2 Custom Display Se
37. Plain Paper Ready coo Try2 8 12 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready O Tray 3 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Tray 4 le 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Detail Output Tray To log in as an administrator log out once bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 Login as an administrator again gt ww KONICA MINOLTA IE 45 Web Connection Language OS Language OS Language zi Login Public User rz Administrator View Mode Flash HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form Saver JA User Assist M Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data BManage Stamp Data amManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 When User Authentication or Account Track is enabled If PageScope Authentication Manager is used for authentication ask your server administrator about the lo gin procedure The User Authentication or Account Track page appears Enter the required items to log in PAGE v us KONICA MINOLTA Language Login View Mode User Assist Web Connection OS Language OS Language v Public User Registered Us
38. Receiving time 10 03 2008 15 22 39 bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 27 8 5 Report printed for Internet Fax 8 8 5 3 Print DSN Message A DSN message is returned from the receiver to the sender when the E mail message is delivered to the re ceiver s mail server When this machine receives the DSN message it is printed automatically The acronym for Delivery Status Notifications You can specify whether to print or not in DSN Message in the Utility menu Print DSN Message Fron Subject Your message was delivered successfully DSN Receiving 2146 2006 16 53 51 8 5 4 Print E mail Message Body Specify whether to print the body of the received E mail message automatically or not You can specify whether to print or not in Print E mail Message Body in the Utility menu Print E mail Message Body Pod 01 08 2010 13 23 Serial No A1UE011900003 333 Subject Test Receiving time 01 08 2010 13 23 38 From mailusers cso konicaminolta jp Ranerne test tif Text test test test Reference D Even if Print E mail Message Body is set to ON the body of the received E mail message is not print ed if Content XCIAJWNETFAX IGNORE is included in the header or there is no text in the body e If the received attachment file is prohibited for printing this machine behaves according to the Network Fax RX Error Report setting bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 28 8 5 Report printed
39. lt mmunication Settings gt Fax Header Settings Broadcast Destinations No ender Set as Default 03 test fax03 1 3 02 test fax02 Line 2 EB ES Check Job Settings 12 30 2009 Memory 19 03 100 Toner Level Ki H To register the contents of the header information to be added to the original use Header Information in Administrator Settings For details refer to page 10 15 H To register how the header information will be added use Header Footer Position in Administrator Settings For details refer to page 10 16 D If two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed you can configure Fax Header Settings for each line For details refer to page 10 19 D The IP address fax and Internet fax functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 67 5 13 Redialing G3 1P 5 5 13 Redialing G3 IP Redialing refers to the operation to dial to the same destination again If a fax cannot be sent for example because the recipient s line is busy the machine redials after a specified period has elapsed 5 13 1 Auto redialing If a fax cannot be sent for example because the recipient s line is busy the machine automatically redials the same destination for the number of redials specified in Line Parameter Setting The transmission job is handled as reserved job for redialing before the job is redialed 5 13 2 Manual redialin
40. 1 11 Begeinat ions 1 doc 2 data_PHOTO SS 1 1 Delete em Check Job Settings 1 2009 17 24 oner Level ll Memory 100 From The E mail address of the administrator specified in the Utility menu is displayed Job List Select or enter the from address paot Communication Settings gt E Mail Settings gt From Ter admin test local Destinations 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings 2 30 2009 17 25 Toner Level ll Memory 100 Reference e The E mail address of this machine is used for Internet faxing e You cannot directly enter the address when Change the From Address is set to other than Allow in Administrator Settings System Settings Restrict User Access Restrict Access to Job Settings Body The E mail body specified in the Utility menu is displayed To change the contents press Direct Input You can enter up to 256 characters Select or enter the body of e mail mes E Touch Details to view the entire text Communication Settings gt E Mail Settings gt Body No Body Destinations 1 data sending Direct Input A Details 4 2 30 2009 17 26 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363
41. 10 43 Job History Thumbnail Display vivio a dad coesuccelenvevevtedd Taa 10 43 We EI EE 10 43 PASS re COpy ET 10 43 PageScope Web Connection 11 1 Using PageScope Web Connection ccssecsssensssessscenessnenenseeeesaneeenseenenseeeseneeeseseensnseeenenanenenans 11 2 11 1 1 Operating environment asoga coeds lat NEE Eege dd 11 2 11 1 2 HOW 10 ACCCSS cu iran le A a ee ee at 11 2 11 1 3 Cache function of Web DrowSe ccsesesesereeseeeeeeeseeseseeceneseeeseneeeeasseaeesceeeeseeeesseneneseneseseeneeneeees 11 3 For Internet EXplorer comico atacada Eege eege 11 3 For Netscape Navigator omic duacnesaye deed ra AKAA aAa rE TAA 11 3 For Mozilla FITO ege kay eddie a el eaten ii ee lee 11 3 11 1 4 Online help lee EE 11 3 11 2 Logging AMAN UA di 11 4 11 2 1 Login and Wie lege EE 11 4 When user authentication or account track is NOt enabled AAA 11 4 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 9 11 2 2 Beie Le 11 7 11 2 3 LON E 11 8 LOGIN Beet 11 8 Logging imas A public USEF iscssescacessecensacesnecniendsanaccadeecavebcaendeachpactenacieg sagaicasaacgeahadsesbesegnaidaarapacieaade 11 9 Logging inas a registered User osito ARA 11 10 Logging in to administrator mode AAA 11 11 Display mode in administrator MOE AAA 11 13 Logging in as a User Box adrministrator nana nn cnn nn mann cnn nr nannnncnnnnns 11 15 11 3 Page le H E 11 16 11 4 Wser Mode Dr geesde eeh SEENEN ENEE 11 18 11 4 1 INfOrMation EE 11 18 11 4 2 OD TTT 11 19 11 4 3 User B
42. 11 21 Advanced Search EEN 5 33 D SE SO EE 5 49 Eege Se EEN 5 43 pee Pn STEP TNS cept erg een vee DESPECKIC isis caida 5 57 Administrator mode settings En 10 2 E sao 5 27 Een 1073 10714 Destination settings cocconcnnccnonncnnonocnnononnonncnnnnnonos 3 17 EE A eae nen E 5 31 dd POU eareisetieatacia Se eee Se 5 23 5 61 Annotation AP E E EERSTEN EEN 5 49 Detailed setinggi ninen nanmin 5 29 5 30 Applicata SE SE Digital signature oocccccnncinnnncnncncnncnncnnncnccnnenncnnnnnos 5 66 Authenticati0N EE 2 9 A EEN 5 61 Auto redialing aacccccoccoonorrornncinseeerrrrennnceeeeeerres 5 68 AO 5 25 Auto RX dedicated for fax line rn 6 2 Direct print ninia ii 11 20 B Document name cocccnnccccccncnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnncns 5 54 5 59 Background removal cocinan 5 45 DSN message sssccstasccetaesecssscatasateiaateevacectedianensenecens 10 38 Binding position ooocccccncnnoccccccconanccccnnonananccnnnnns 5 48 5 56 E Black compression ee A 5 58 BOY sima ii 5 60 E mail address BOOK COPY enncccccccnnnoncccnncnnnnnncnncnnnnnncnnnnnnnnn cnn iinan ni 5 47 This machine aranana aanu 4 3 BOOK A A 5 47 5 48 E mail Encryption c cccsccesssesscesscscecssecesescscscscetseeees 5 66 GEET 8 13 E mail settings ssssicssssessasessanessasocsosucdasessaessansasnesuasanaen 5 59 Broadcast reserved report EE 8 22 E mail subject text list ocinicnincninnninncnnncncocncinns 8 29 Bulli sissioni beehives 7 10 E mail transmission cccccccccccccccccccccccecececccccececec
43. 12 9 13 1 Product EE 13 2 13 1 1 ScaMer TUNCTIONS eiii anita alid 13 2 13 1 2 Fax TUNCtION iii A A eee i 13 3 13 2 O 13 4 13 2 1 Telling the machine to make a scan through a computer Web Service oooccccnnccccinccinaccccncnanannnons 13 4 Telling the machine to make a scan through a Computer 13 4 13 3 Scanner GlOSSAlY cnmnnnccnnininnininrrrrr 13 6 13 4 Internet Fax iS AY nadia 13 11 13 5 E AA AA A E E A 13 12 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 10 14 1 A A acd nk aaa aea diaaa aaan a Rana 14 2 14 2 Index by DUT E 14 5 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 11 1 Introduction 1 1 Welcome 1 1 Introduction 1 1 Welcome Thank you for purchasing this machine This User s Guide describes the functions operating instructions precautions for correct operation and sim ple troubleshooting guidelines of this machine In order to obtain maximum performance from this product and use it effectively please read this User s Guide as necessary 1 1 1 User s guides Printed manual Overview Quick Guide Copy Print Fax Scan Box Opera tions User s guide CD manuals This manual describes operating procedures and the functions that are most frequently used in order to en able you to begin using this machine immediately This manual contains notes and precautions that should be followed to ensure safe usage of this ma chine Please be sure to read this manual before using this machine Overview
44. 283 223 5 60 5 12 Communication Settings 5 5 12 3 URL Notification Setting FTP SMB WebDAV URL Notification Specify the E mail address to be notified about the completion of a job Select the URL notification address Job List Communication Settings gt URL Notification Setting Broadcast BeseinatYons ABC DEF tor JKL Iw Pors Tw wz etc Kana SEH f E Mail E Mail Tokyo Osaka Nagoya Delete E Check Job Settings 12 30 2009 19 27 ner Level kl Fee her Reference A destination for the User Box in the main unit FTP PC SMB and WebDAV operation can be specified for the destination in URL Notification Setting The User Box in the main unit can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed H URL Notification Setting does not function when sending E mails Internet faxes or G3 faxes Detail Search You can search for E mail addresses from the registered destinations Enter the address name or a part of the address to search for the destination address Select either Name or Destination and enter an index Bar 000 Search Result WEN Toner Level Ki Direct Input Enter the E mail address in the touch panel bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 61 5 12 Communication Settings 5 12 4 Communication Method Setting
45. 29 2009 17 25 Memory 100 EQ Reference For details on the TSI User Box function refer to page 7 5 Item Description Action when TSI User Box is not set Configure how the machine should react when a specified User Box is not found Automatically Print Prints received documents Memory RX User Box Saves received documents in a Mem ory RX User Box Specified User Box Saves received documents in a User Box of this machine Click Specified User Box and use the key pad to enter a User Box number If no Hard Disk is installed the Specified User Box is not dis played Print Specify whether to print a received document after receiving TSI User Box Registration Register destinations to which to distribute RX documents Up to 128 destinations can be registered Select a desired number and then press Edit bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 27 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 10 Item Description TSI User Box Settings Reference Allows you to distribute received faxes to other fax machines or User Boxes in this machine If no Hard Disk is installed in this machine the faxes cannot be distributed to User Boxes in this machine Specify a sender s fax number in Sender TSI Specify a forwarding destination in Forwarding Destination To distribute received faxes to other fax machines specify destinations with Select from Address Book To distribute them to User
46. 34 NEE 10 34 Job History Thumbnail Display AAA 10 34 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 8 ele GUAIG A 10 34 PASSWOrd COPY sickticcn dicta ca lanes dora cic dads Saute 4 E E 10 34 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX csssesssnesseeeeseceeeseceneneeeeenseeeenseneeaseeeenseneesssnenenseeenseennees 10 35 10 5 1 System Settings Power Save Setting Enter Power Save Mode 10 35 10 5 2 System Settings Output Setting Print Fax Output Setting Fax AAA 10 35 10 5 3 System Settings Restrict User Access 10 35 Restrict Access to Job Settings Registering and Changing Addresses AAA 10 35 Restrict Access to Job Settings Change the From Address cessseesseeeeeseeeeeneeeesneeeeneeeees 10 35 Restrict Operation Restrict Broacdcastimng nan nn nano rn nan nene rra nn cnn 10 35 10 5 4 System Settings Stamp Settings Fax TX Settings AAA 10 35 10 5 5 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting display 10 35 10 5 6 Fax Settings Header Informati0N oconcccconocconicccnonccnnnnccnnnncccnn nc rn 10 35 10 5 7 Fax Settings Header Footer Position ooomocinnccnnoncccnonncnonanonannnnnornnn nana rnnnnr nro cnn rra rra 10 36 10 5 8 Fax Settings Line Parameter Setting UP 10 36 Number ot Regal cit taa 10 36 Redialilntervall iva a ive eee ete 10 36 10 5 9 Fax Settings TX RX Settings Sudarea darna caved sun aiae ianen ane daaa ar arunan taa aaeei Naata aiae 10 36
47. 6 Printing upon data reception 6 6 6 3 Printing at full size If Min Reduction for RX Print is set to Full Size in the Utility menu documents are printed on the paper of the same size at the same magnification If the same size paper is not available it is printed on the paper larger than the original size Original Received document Print at full size Reference e A document cannot be divided to print on multiple pages e The image size larger than 11 x 17 A3 cannot be printed D If the paper tray of the optimal paper size runs out of paper a message appears prompting you to sup ply the paper of the size The message remains displayed until the paper is loaded in the paper tray bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 13 6 6 Printing upon data reception 6 6 4 Printing method upon data reception The following describes the relationship between the paper size of the received document and the paper size to be printed Paper size of received doc Min Reduction for RX Print setting If a specific tray is ument assigned in Tray Full Size 96 to 87 Selection for RX Print Standard size 11x17to5 p 1 2 x 8 1 2 A3 to A5 A A I A B B I I B C CG AAA C Printed on the same Printed on the same paper size at the paper size atreduced Printed on the paper same scale scale of specified paper tray a
48. 8 1 2 x 14 Ce 11x17u Paper selection order From top to bottom Optimal paper size 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 U 8 1 2 x 11 Cal 8 1 2 x11 8 1 2 x 14 Cal 11x17 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ce A4 Ce 8 1 2 x 11 Cal 11x17 A3 a A5 y 8 1 2 x 14 Cal A4 V B4 Ca 8 1 2 x 11 y A5 Ce 11 x 17 A4 Ce A3 Ce 8 1 2 x 11 Cal 8 1 2 x 11 Cal B4 Ca 8 1 2 x 14 Cal 8 1 2 x 11 Y A4 V 8 1 2 x 11 y A3 a 11x17 8 1 2 x 11 Cal A4 Qa A4 Ce B4 Ca A4 U A4 U A3 Ce A4 Ce B5 U B5 Ca 8 1 2 x 14 La 11x170 B4 Ca A3 Ce A5 H AA CN B5 B4 Ca Ad H A3 Ga Paper selection order From top to bottom A5 y A4 Qa B5 B4 Ca A4 U A3 Ce A5 Ce B4 Ca B5 BS U A4 Ce A4 N A4 Ce A3 a B4 B5 Ca B4 Ca A4 Ce A4 U A4 A3 Ce A3 Ce B5 Ca A4 A4 V B5 U A3 U UD AA A4 Ce B4 Ca A3 Ce For the paper sizes of B5 ca B5 W A4 Ga and A4 d the document is divided and printed on multiple pages bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 6 Printing upon data reception 6 Restrictions for printing The following lists the restrictions on printing documents D Documents are printed in reduced size if the print paper size is smaller than that determined in Step 1 e If Print Separate Fax Pag
49. Address Shared Group Create One Touch Destination 3 Group Z Check Program Settings A 01 06 2010 15 33 Cancel Memory 100 Item Description Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters Select Group Select a destination type and then select the destination to be registered in a group Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled Check Program Set tings Allows you to view a list of one touch destinations registered in a group bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 18 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 9 2 11 Registering E mail setting subjects E mail l FAX Up to 10 E mail subjects and Internet fax subjects Subject can be registered A desired text string can be selected from those registered when sending To register a new subject press New Job List 7 New E Mail subject can be registered or an existing subject can be edited To edit a registered E Mail subject please choose an E mail subject and touch Edit Ss Utility gt E Mail Settings gt E Mail Subject No Subject Set as Default w 1 Utility 02 data PHOTO One Touch User Box Reg Create One Touch Destination E Mail Set as Default Settings z SS e 01 06 2010 15 34 Close Memory 100 Item Description Subject
50. Boxes in the machine specify destinations with Search by User Box Number e AUser Box for which confidential reception is enabled and a Relay User Box cannot be used for a forwarding destina tion H You can also specify the registered group as the destination 10 4 11 Fax Settings PBX Connection Setting Specify the PBX line connection method If the PBX connection mode is enabled specify an access code for an outside line An access code refers to a number used to connect to an outside line such as a number beginning with a zero 0 Outside line numbers specified here are dialed after which fax numbers registered with the address book or program are dialed Press No to clear the entered settings and then specify an access code 0 to 9999 using the keypad Utility Administrator Setti y y y Fax Settings 01 07 2010 Memory 11 46 100 Use the keypad to enter the outside line access code ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt PBX Connection Setting Outside Line KL ew bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 28 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 10 10 4 12 Fax Settings Report Settings Specify a way to output reports 1 3 page 2 Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Select job setting Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings Item Job Setting Activity Report A Egam 10 If T Fail Sequential TX Re
51. Check Job Settings 2 30 2009 17 05 Toner Level ll Memory 100 Binding Position If Separation Front Cover or Front and Back Cover was selected press Binding Position to select the bind ing position Job List Select the book binding position Scan Settings gt Book Copy gt Binding Position Left Bind AB Right Bind a Delete Check Job Settings 30 2009 17 06 Toner Level il Memory 100 ye bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 48 5 10 Scan Settings 5 10 12 Application Annotation Scanned and saved document data can be printed or transmitted with an image of the date time or an an notation number Selecting the Annotation User Box To use the Annotation User Box function scanned data must be saved in the Annotation User Box in ad vance Annotation numbers are specified for each User Box Select the User Box to save the data Reference P Job List Stlect the desired User Box to use document 000000002 file 000000003 file2 Destinations 1 Delete b Z 12 30 2009 17 10 1 Check Jol Settings Toner Level Ki Memory 100 H The annotation number function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed To use the Annotation User Box it must be registered in advance For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 5 10 13 Application Stamp Composition Date Time Prints the date and time data
52. E mal BCON GMB ETPDiWNebDAVIDILEANT AAA 5 43 Auto Zem ach ege dee Eesen A al 5 44 Full Color KEE 5 44 Gray Scale EE 5 44 Black EE 5 44 SaN IZ it it 5 44 SLANG AN ae aca A ei ade etree ds Taaa e ataa aae naea adaa e aaa aaae Stn We Tae deta thao od 5 44 CUSTOM Size Farii A linn neta hee ale eae 5 44 eler RE 5 45 Image Adjustment Background Hemoval 11 5 45 Image Adjustment Sharpness Au 5 46 Application Frame Erase cnica deed adede aa aE ELAN a Aea Ea ad a iiiad aieea 5 46 Application BOOK TT 5 47 See EE 5 47 SeparatiOn tits a a li e e Ad os Ne 5 47 Front Cover ahvced asda edt be a a A e a E neler 5 47 Eront Back COVErS ico tee gegge gh Seed degkeet Seene SE dE ENEE Red dee dee 5 47 Book Erase Frame Erasel coord ln ia 5 47 Book Erase CenteriErase cccuosonincainsicintaentrtacincicn ae Age ceed ali cielo EES 5 48 Binding POSIN ON tiron alabada 5 48 Application AMotatO EE 5 49 Selecting the Annotation User Box cc ccessscesecersseeeseseeeesesceesesoeeeeseeseeseaseseneeeseseeeneseeseseeeeesseenens 5 49 Application Stamp COMPposition cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeecaaeeeseseeaeeeeeseeenaeeesenaee 5 49 Date Time tends E a facies ct rceenect rai irradian 5 49 We ERT 5 50 O OA 5 51 Header Footeniuesics tantito ladrillo dildo lbs 5 51 elen E ue hl EE 5 52 GOPICS A abbas clea tad Shesiatagase T A oa tusa ected a gewesen E E 5 52 SimPlex DU PIOX ssscvisstescasetacseaceects
53. Error Report doncoiidct pintada atada 8 27 8 5 2 Print MDN Message iv voca aid ia iii 8 27 8 5 3 Print DSN Message jai narei aeaea aeaaaee eaaa dera iaa 8 28 8 5 4 Print E mailiMessage Body ccesccscisccies iassceahicanaceschascanasanescavucesecadesasteaes cctagessvedadas seheedasscaeedeatacanaite 8 28 8 5 5 BEA A BEE 8 29 A Ne ul EE 8 29 Prints amplia td 8 29 8 6 Report printed for IP sic cst cist ck ee oie teeth a a di 8 30 8 6 1 Network Fax RX Error Report in 2chie CEA dee ia ii ated de eed 8 30 rN 9 1 Men trees in User Mode atta conencttnedescteneneestenscendezceantienestencstenesectecucanereectecuectepetiaccs 9 2 9 1 1 One Touch User Box Registration cnn anna nnnr nc cnc nana nn 9 2 9 1 2 User Settings EE 9 5 9 1 3 Mode Memory Z ta a e dee ee Peete ees ee EE 9 6 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration cc iaa 9 7 9 2 1 Displaying the One Touch User Box Registration screen 9 7 9 2 2 Address Book E M il seiis ellen A SV E Pe aat 9 7 9 2 3 Address Book User Bo es dense coe deed wma ciate 9 8 9 2 4 Address BoOK Ficcion 9 9 9 2 5 Address Book PO SMB EE 9 11 9 2 6 Address BO0k at GT 9 13 9 2 7 Address Book M e DAV sico oil ode he 9 14 9 2 8 Address Book IP Address Fax 9 16 9 2 9 Address Book lntem t Faxi i00 E ioe ee Se A ees 9 17 9 2 10 Registenng groups ess i a Ge A E e ae a haat Mets 9 18 9 2 11 Registering E mail setting subjects E mail l FAX eccceesseeeeseeeeeeneeeee
54. For details on printing documents saved in the Memory RX User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tions Reference D The IP address fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed D When a document in TIFF Profile C format is received the data is discarded and not printed D When the sender is a Konica Minolta model if Mode 2 is specified for the IP address fax operation Color is specified for the destination machine type and Full Color or Gray Scale is specified for the color setting then the data is sent in the TIFF Profile C format and the received data is discarded and nat printed e For the settings of a Konica Minolta model file formats used for transmission and whether the data can be printed with this machine refer to page 10 42 bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 5 6 5 In memory proxy reception 6 6 5 In memory proxy reception 6 5 1 In memory proxy reception When it is unable to print a received document due to paper jamming running short of consumables or other reasons data is saved in the memory until the machine is ready to print it again This function is referred to as In memory proxy reception D After recovering from trouble such as paper jamming the saved reception document is printed auto matically e This function may not be available if the memory is full 6 5 2 Forwarding of job after in memory proxy reception G3 If the machine is unable to recover from trouble th
55. If you do not want to specify the user ID for logging in to the host using the host name press ON PASV Select whether to use the PASV mode Proxy Select whether or not a proxy server is used Port Number Enter the port number any number between 1 and 65535 Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled Reference H To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set H To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete 9 2 7 Address Book WebDAV Register WebDAV destinations To register a new destination press New 1 3 page Job List Registered number is automatically applied by touching OK d To specify a registered number touch the No button Create One Touch Destination 01 06 2010 15 29 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 3 page 3 3 page Item Create One Touch Destination Select item and enter setting AAA ility gt WebDAV gt New Host A
56. In 0 to 154 155 to 314 315 to 386 387 or more side Body Text Outside Body O to 146 147 to 306 307 to 378 379 or more Text Paper size to be selected A5 y A4 Ca B4 a AS B4 width OFF or In 0 to 195 196 to 395 396 or more side Body Text Outside Body O to 186 187 to 386 387 or more Text Paper size to be selected B5 W B4 a AS A3 width OFF or In 0 to 226 227 or more side Body Text Outside Body O to 217 218 or more Text Paper size to be selected A4 U A3 Ce bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 6 Printing upon data reception Step 2 Select actual print paper size Checks whether the paper size determined in Step 1 is loaded in the machine or not e Optimal paper size loaded Printing starts D Optimal paper size unavailable or Auto Tray Switch ON OFF automatic paper tray switching function of the paper tray is set to Restrict The alternative paper size is searched for in the descending order as shown in the table At this time if Print Separate Fax Pages in the Utility mode is set to ON the paper size is searched for based on the precondition that the document is divided and printed on multiple pages For details on Auto Tray Switch ON OFF refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Print Separate Fax Pages is set to OFF The print paper is searched for in the descending order e Even if Print Separate Fax Pages is set to OFF when a long original is received or a document is re
57. Item Confirm jobs currently sending or waiting to be sent LES TEE Timer TX Job Description Print Lists print jobs for copying computer printout re ceived faxes or reports Sena Lists scanner and fax transmission jobs Receive Lists fax reception jobs Save Reference Lists User Box saving jobs D The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed The Confidential RX User Box is not available when a Hard Disk is installed If a Hard Disk is installed Confidential RX can be enabled when the Confidential RX function is added to the Public Personal Group User Box For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations ER Reference For details on System User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 2 Touch panel lt Current Jobs of Print gt Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Status The status of the job receiv ing queued printing printing stopped print er ror saving to memory is displayed Document Name File name being printed e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential docu
58. Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters Fax Number Enter the fax number for the destination using the keypad up to 38 digits e When the PBX connection is enabled and a call is made from the internal line to the outside line press Pause after the outside line number such as 0 so that dialing is made more surely P is displayed on the screen e When the PBX connection is enabled Outside is dis played on the screen When you select it an E is dis played e If Confirm Address Register is ON a screen for entering the fax number again appears after you press OK Enter the fax number and then press OK Bai Reference For details on the Contirm Address function refer to page 10 22 Line Settings Configure the line that is used to send faxes Overseas TX The transmission rate is set to a lower level when having a poor communication ECM OFF Error Correction Mode ECM is cancelled to shorten the trans mission time ECM is an error correction mode defined by ITU T Internation al Telecommunication Union Telecommunication Standardi zation Sector Fax machines equipped with the ECM feature communicate with each other confirming that the data sent is free of errors V 34 OFF V34 is a communication mode used for super G3 fax commu nication When the remote machine or this machine is con nected to a
59. O E 8 9 Stamp COMPOSITION En 5 42 Stamp settings fax TX settings A 10 15 LW StaMp COMPOSIION c ccoocconcccononconoccononnonnonennoncnnencnnanos 5 49 QUICK Memory TX EE 5 62 Store address eecccesecesccceesceecececeeeeeeeeseeeaees 11 21 11 29 R elle 5 60 i a System Settings EEN 11 23 Receiver RX ability 5 26 Receive Ia 6 2 T Receiving G8 e uccoimciancnacinadaniatoseninndaiaiasninnndcnnasiindincanad 6 2 Timer tranSMiSSiON ooonnnnccccnnnnncnncnnnnnnnnnnnnananana conan 5 64 Receiving l FAX iniciar 6 4 Total of pages quick memory TX esceeeceeeseeenees 5 56 ReCeIVING OP eseu cianiccinnici ns EES 6 5 TOUGH panel laca dada di 3 5 Receiving e mails automatically EE 6 4 TS distribution senii a EA 7 5 Receiving e mails manually 2 cecceseeceeseeeteeteeeeeees 6 4 TSI user box Setting o ccooccoconccnnonccnccnnonccnoonoonconcnnononos 10 27 ReGIalING EE 5 68 TX result TSP Ort ii a 8 13 Reference sound Reger cadencia 5 28 TX Stamps tit Sue ee 5 53 Registering a scan fax program eee 9 20 TX RX S NG ica n aa 10 19 Registering an e mail setting text ooooonnicccinnnnnnccccnncn 9 19 7 Registering e mail setting subjects AN 9 19 Registering groupe sssssssssssssssesssssssessssssssesssssseeessssseee 9 18 URL notification Setting coconnnnncnnnicanicnanicaninanano 5 61 Relay distribution ANEN 7 7 User authentication account track seein 11 25 Relay request epocas 8 25 User box flmg
60. Operation flow Select a program and press OK e 1 resister a progran key and touch Register Program o Programs can be recall di Toner Level Ki y Configure Scan Settings p 5 36 Original Set tings p 5 55 and Communication Settings p 5 58 Load the original To check the advanced preview press Proof Copy p 5 9 Proof Copy bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 1 Operation flow 5 Press Start Start Reference e If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings when scanning an original with a password embedded a message prompting you to enter a password appears Press Password enter the password and then press OK On the screen that reappears press Begin Authentication to start sending D If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard is set to Yes in Administrator Settings you cannot send an original with copy guard patterns embedded e For transmission using a reverse automatic document feeder the optional Reverse Automatic Docu ment Feeder DF 621 is required ER Reference For the description and procedure on registering a program refer to page 9 20 5 1 4 Broadcasting The following describes the procedure for sending a fax to multiple destinations simultaneously Press Fax Scan
61. PEooo1 E mail tokyo abcd local 2 PBO004 User Box 000000001 Ppooo ax 99 vi 3 4 WebDAV LM 5 I Fax 1 1 SR Delete LEA ITESO ES Segesaasanion Settings 12 29 2009 16 37 p Toner Level Ki Memory 100 Language Selection First level Dest Scan Settings p 5 36 Original Settings p 5 55 Communication Settings p 5 58 Address Search tab The following settings can be configured with the Address Search tab page 5 33 Job List choo Dest Off Hook Broadcast Destinations Search seyrene 81 Scan Settings A Original Settings Sgteynaseuion E 12 29 2009 16 38 Memory 100 Language Selection A First level Search p 5 33 Advanced Search p 5 33 Scan Settings p 5 36 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 15 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree 5 First level Original Settings p 5 55 Communication Settings p 5 58 Off Hook page 5 35 Scan Settings The following settings can be configured with the Scan Settings tab page 5 36 Specify the settings No of 000 Scan Settings Original Type Simplex Duplex Resolution Scan Size Bs em Auto J y BROO 200x200dpi printed Fine 7 Photo J Image Adjustment File ype Density Application PDF void Vegas gepcr Document Name Delete POF Auto Color MT Multi Page S Check Job S
62. Registration is not displayed when the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is installed Prefix Suffix Registers Prefix or Suffix to be added as destination information when E mailing bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 29 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 11 11 5 9 Fax Settings Se Administrator Logout 2 KI Ready to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu Header Footer Position gt Line Parameter Setting Header Position Outside Body Text gt TX RX Settings Footer Position OFF v Function Setting PBX Connection Setting ok Cancel Report Settings Multi Line Settings Network Fax Setting Header Information gt Fax Print Quality Settings Item Description Header Footer Configure the setting to print the sender or receiving information Position Line Parameter Specify the fax line such as Dialing Method Setting TX RX Settings Configure the paper User Box and other settings for sending or receiving data Function Setting Configure the fax settings for Memory RX or Network Fax PBX Connection Specify the outside line at PBX connection Setting Report Settings Configure the setting for a report for example Activity Report to be output when sending or receiving data Multi Line Set Specify the parameters and functions of the extended line tings e This item is displayed when a line is extended Network Fax Set Configure the setting to use networ
63. Relay Request Report When this machine is used as the relay distribution station this report is printed automatically upon reception of a document from the relay instruction station You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Relay Request Report in the Utility menu Relay Request Report 01 05 2010 17 24 Serial No 1 65 Addressee start Time Time Prints Result Note 222333444555 01 05 17 24 00 00 02 001 001 OK L1 RLY BoxNo 4 Note Result Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax OK Communication OK S 0K Stop Communication PW OFF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error DC Decode Error MDN MDN Response Error DSN DSN Response Error bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 25 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 8 4 13 PC Fax TX Error Report Printed automatically when an error occurs in PC FAX transmission You can enable or disable this report to be printed in PC Fax TX Error Repor
64. Removal This function removes background or adjusts background density of originals to be scanned H Select either Bleed Removal or Paper Discoloration Adj and adjust the density with Background Re moval Level e To adjust the density automatically press Auto i Allows you to set the background density of E the document to be sent Scan Settings gt Quality Adjustment gt Background Removal Background Removal Level Broadcast Destinations comia p Light Standard Pi Di GE vii Auto Delete Check Job Settings 12 30 2009 01 44 Toner Level Kl Memory 1007 vumm Item Description Bleed Removal When scanning a double sided original the print on the back side may be re produced in the copy Such background prints can be adjusted Paper Discoloration Adj When scanning originals printed on colored paper the background may be come black In that case the density of the background can be adjusted bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 45 5 10 Scan Settings 5 5 10 9 Image Adjustment Sharpness When scanning contours for example the edges of text can be emphasized Job List Select desired destination s Scan Settings gt Quality Adjustment gt Sharpness Broadcast Destinations
65. S MIME The acronym for Secure Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions which is a protocol used to add encryption digital signature and other fea tures to MIME E mail operations Public key method is used for encryption using a different key for encryption and decryption Samba UNIX server software which uses SMB Server Message Block to make UNIX system resources available to Windows environments Scanning The reading of an image in scanner operation by moving aligned image sen sors step by step The direction of moving image sensors is called the main scanning direction and the direction of image sensors alignment is called the sub scanning direction Screen frequency The density of dots used to create the image Single page TIFF A TIFF file that contains only a single page SLP The acronym for Service Location Protocol Services on a TCP IP network and clients are automatically searched for SMB The acronym for Server Message Block This is a protocol for sharing files and printers mainly over the Windows network SMTP The acronym for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol a protocol used to trans mit transfer E mails SNMP The acronym for Simple Network Management Protocol This is a manage ment protocol in the TCP IP network environments SSD The acronym for Solid State Drive This is a memory device installed in this machine This drive is used to store a document saved or received
66. Settings gt Function ON OFF Settings Job Setting Confirm Address Register OFF Settings Utility Fax Settings Function Settings 01 07 2010 11 36 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 22 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 4 0 Item Description Confirm Address TX When specifying a fax destination with direct input a screen appears G3 prompting you to enter the fax number again for confirmation Entering the fax number twice prevents one from entering incorrect destinations e When Confirm Address TX is enabled you cannot specify a destination using Off Hook You cannot specify the fax address using Job History either Confirm Address Regis When the user specify a fax destination when the user registers a program ter G3 configures the fax forwarding settings or registers a one touch destination the user must enter the destination twice for confirmation By entering twice you can prevent the destination from being incorrectly entered Memory RX Setting Specify whether to use Memory RX Setting function To use the function specify a password for print Press No to clear the entered setting and then specify a password using the keypad up to 8 digits Use the keypad to enter the password Administrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Memory RX Settings Memory RX User Box Password Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings Function Settings
67. User s Guide Copy Operations This manual describes details on copy mode opera tions and the settings of this machine e Specifications of originals and copy paper e Copy function e Maintaining this machine e Troubleshooting User s Guide Enlarge Display Operations This manual describes details on operating proce dures of the enlarge display mode e Copy function e Scanning function e G8 fax function e Network fax function User s Guide Print Operations This manual describes details on printer functions e Printer function e Setting the printer driver User s Guide Box Operations This manual describes details on user box functions e Saving data in user boxes e Retrieving data from user boxes e Transferring and printing data from user boxes User s Guide Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations This manual describes details on transmitting scanned data e E mail TX FTP TX SMB TX Save in User Box WebDAV TX Web Services G3 fax e P Address Fax Internet Fax User s Guide Fax Driver Operations This manual describes details on the fax driver func tion that transmits faxes directly from a computer e PC FAX User s Guide Network Administrator This manual describes details on setting methods for each function using the network connection e Network settings e Settings using PageScope Web Connection bizhub 423 363 283 223 1 1 Welcome User s guide CD manuals
68. available only when a Hard Disk is installed System Settings Power Save Setting Enter Power Save Mode Bai Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 14 System Settings Output Setting Print Fax Output Setting Fax QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 14 System Settings Restrict User Access Restrict Access to Job Settings Registering and Changing Addresses QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 9 Restrict Access to Job Settings Change the From Address The From address is used for the address configured for the device RA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 9 Restrict Operation Restrict Broadcasting QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 10 System Settings Stamp Settings Fax TX Settings QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 15 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting dis play Bai Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Fax Settings Header Information Reference D For Internet Fax or IP Address Fax sender information is not available for Outside Body Text Even if Outside Body Text is selected sender information is added to the inside of the original bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 35 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 10 5 7 10 5 8 10 5 9 10 5 10 Bai Reference For the setting p
69. button and specify a numeric value for that side H To not to erase frames press None Select the area of the document to erase DEE Specify the width using the 1 1 keys Scan Settings gt Book Copy gt Frame Erase Broadcast Destinations Bottom Check_Job Settings E 12 30 2009 17 02 Toner Level Ki Fee 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 47 5 10 Scan Settings E Reference D If the width to be erased around the original is specified with Frame Erase of the Book Copy function the same settings also applies to Frame Erase Book Erase Center Erase Select to erase the shaded part around the binding position in the center of the original H Use the keypad or press or to enter a numeric value between 1 16 and 1 3 16 inches 0 1 and 30 0 mm A To erase the center area of a book spread E specify the width using the 1 1 keys Scan Settings gt Book Scan gt Center Erase Delete
70. communication contact your service representative in ad vance D The following functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed S MIME in E mail Setting Network Fax Setting 11 5 6 User Boxes Logging in to the administrator mode enables you to handle a User Box without entering the password when opening it Le Administrator Logout 12 KT Ready to Scan 2 Box Ki Display To Main Menu Open User Box Public Group Personal gt Create User Box Box is the function to save documents in the machine Documents in the Box can be used for printing sending etc gt Open System User Box User Box Number C 1 999999999 gt Create System User Box OK User Box List Search from Index ALL E Page Display by 50 cases nm ES ees User Box Name Type Time Stored 1 boxD1 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 2 box02 Public 1104 2009 17 43 eg box03 Public 11 04 2009 17 44 Item Description Open User Box Opens the currently created User Box Public Group or Personal User Box to en able you to change the User Box setting e Document operations are not available in the administrator mode e User Box operations are available even if a password is specified for the target User Box Create User Box Enables to create a new User Box bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 27 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 1 1 Item Description Open System Open the System Us
71. eet 2 5 Transmission TUMCTION BE 2 7 FUNCTION PY e 2 7 Notes on using fax functions GB oconiconinonnon nm 2 8 NERO tunt ENtEAANEAANNEEANEEEANEEENNEEANE EEANN EEA EEn aE Ennn nnee 2 8 Notes on USING Internet dE 2 8 Notes on using IP Address Fax AAA 2 8 ESE O O ON 2 9 MEP authentications nnii aana aaae a a eae anaia e nane aa adea aea di oare diaaa aaa iiaia 2 9 External server authentication oooonncccccnnnnncccccncnoccccnnnnnnncncnnncnnnnnccnnnnnnnnn cnn nn nnnnn nen nan nnnn nn nn nn nnnnnnn nenene nnn 2 9 ACCOUNE TACK E 2 10 Restriction Ot file MAMG ici aiii Ir 2 10 AT E 2 11 Available operations with Network scan functon narco naar nr nnrrnn raro rrannrn 2 11 E MalltranSMISSION 2 a ceases Eed eege Edge EEN 2 11 ETP tranSmiSSiOn cacaos indi dai 2 12 SMB transmission 0 c2ccccceeeeecee cece nana rra 2 12 User Box TG ivi bilevel aie a Gna A i 2 13 MEDINA 2 13 WebiSOIVICO oia ii eee A leet eee RN ES 2 14 Available operations with fax FUNCTION ooocoonncccnncccnnonnnnnonnnnnnrnnnnnrnn naar rn nnr nn nnr rra r nene rre 2 14 Sending receiving Aina a rd 2 14 A A custieaiabevuatsottsust eddalevatateviaaus ccteucs 2 15 Available operations with Network function eeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeesaeeseeneesesaeeeteneeeseaeeeneees 2 16 a A geet EE EE EE EE Eeer 2 16 IP Address Fax E 2 17 3 Control Panel Liquid Crystal Display 3 1 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 Control PANEL id 3 2 TROUGH el tece ceed cecen cee ies bese
72. either in the Polling Transmission User Box or Bulletin Board User Box 1 Receive 2 Send 3 Bulletin board 4 View 5 Register 6 Polling bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 15 2 2 Overview 2 2 2 3 Available operations with Network function Reference D Network Fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed Internet Fax Scanned data will be sent and received as an E mail attachment TIFF format via intranet in house network or Internet Provide fax transmission in color gray scale and black and white A destination device that sup ports Internet Fax receives the E mail and prints the attachment Because a communication is performed over an intranet or the Internet related costs can be much lower than those required for sending a typical fax Specify the E mail address of the destination in order to send data This machine can also receive documents via Internet Fax and print them in black and white Received documents in black and white can be printed but received original data in color or gray scale are discarded and nat printed 1 Original 2 E mail Attachment TIFF format 3 Intra
73. erase a value such as the number of copies a zoom ratio or a size entered using the keypad 14 Keypad Press this key to enter the number of copies zoom ratio and various other settings 15 Guidance Press this key to display the Guidance screen From this screen you can view descriptions of the various functions and details of operations 16 Enlarge Display ress to enter Enlarge Display mode If you use PageScope Authentication Manager for au thentication the Enlarge Display screen is not available 17 Accessibility Press this key to display the screen for configur ing settings for user accessibility functions 18 Access If user authentication or account track settings have been applied press this key after entering the user name and password for user authentica tion or the account name and password for ac count track in order to use this machine Press this key to log off from the machine as well 19 Brightness dial Use this dial to adjust the brightness of the touch panel 20 User Box Press this key to enter User Box mode While the machine is in User Box mode the indi cator on the User Box key lights up in green For details refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tions 21 Fax Scan Press this key to enter Fax Scan mode While the machine is in Fax Scan mode the indi cator on the Fax Scan key lights up in green bizhub 423 3
74. fax1 12 30 19 43 00 00 07 000 001 s oK Li ope Note Result L1 Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax OK Communication OK S 0K Stop Communication PW 0FF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error DC Decode Error MDN MDN Response Error DSN DSN Response Error 8 3 3 Broadcast Report Printed automatically when a sequential broadcast transmission is completed You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Sequential TX Report in the Utility menu In addition you can specify the printing timing All Destinations Each Destination in Broadcast Result Report Broadcast Report P 1 12 30 2009 19 47 Serial No 1 23 Addressee Start Tine Tine Prints Result Note fax1 Note Result 12 30 19 46 00 00 07 001 001 L1 ORG Kyoto Office 12 30 19 46 00 00 12 001 001 L2 ORG Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Tinmer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separatio
75. for Internet Fax 8 5 5 Title Text List Print the list of the subjects and texts of the registered E mail message How to print gt Select E Mail Subject Text List from One Touch User Box Registration One Touch User Box Reg istration List in Administrator Settings configure Paper Tray and Simplex Duplex settings and then press Start Utility Settings One Touch y Ad Re Lisi Print sample Select 8x11 or 11417 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing ministrator Settings gt One Touch User Box gt E Mail Subject Text List Paper Tray Simplex Duplex tea oa Administrator m 2 1D 2 Sided User Box Reg dress gistration 01 05 2010 17 27 Cancel IN start Memory 100 Title List Title Text List 01 05 2010 17 30 Serial No 1 67 No Subject DI 02 doc data_PHOTO Text_List data sending bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 29 8 6 Report printed for IP 8 6 Report printed for IP Reference e The IP address fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 8 6 1 Network Fax RX Error Report For details refer to page 8 27 bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 30 9 User Mode Settings 9 1 Menu trees in User mode es 9 User Mode Settings 9 1 Menu trees in User mode The following setting items are available from the Utility User mode The menu tree contains the items
76. loading an original of which the Duplex Paper Passage size is longer than the standard size 11 x 17 or A3 5 11 4 Direction Settings Original Direction Select the orientation of the original After the document is scanned the data is processed so that it is cor rectly oriented i T Select the original direction E Job List F This is not applied to fax transmissions Destinations 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings 12 30 2009 17 19 Toner Level ll Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 55 5 11 Original Settings 5 5 11 5 Direction Settings Binding Position Select the binding position of the original when it has punched holes or is stapled This adjusts the scan of double sided originals so that the binding position is not reversed NE E Bindimg Position Original Settings gt Binding Position Broadcast Destinations pa Delete Check Job Settings 30 2009 17 19 E Toner Level Ki ory 100 Item Description Auto Sets the binding position to the long side if the size is 11 11 16 inches 297 mm or smaller or the short side otherwise Top Original with the page margin at the top Left Original with the page margin at the left 5 11 6 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX G3 If the quick memory transmission is performed the total number of pages are automatically printed in No of Pages of the transmission source information i
77. modular cable to this machine To use the G3 fax function the optional Fax Kit FK 508 must be installed onto the machine To use two telephone lines one more optional Fax Kit FK 508 must be installed onto the machine In this case two modular cables must be connected Connect one end of the modular cable to the telephone adapter and the other end to the predetermined con nector of this machine The following illustration shows that two units of the Fax Kit FK 508 are installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 4 4 4 2 Store Address 4 4 2 Store Address The destinations recipients for fax or scan data can be registered It can be registered in either of the fol lowing ways H Using the touch panel of the machine H Using PageScope Web Connection from a computer on the network 4 2 1 Address Book The following types of one touch destinations can be registered For details on address book registration refer to page 9 2 E Mail User Box Fax PC SMB FTP WebDAV IP Address Fax Internet fax transmission Reference e Up to 2000 or 1000 if no Hard Disk is installed one touch destinations can be registered with an ad dress book e Web service destinations cannot be registered with an address book Select Direct Input Web Serv ice to specify the displayed destination e Save i
78. names TIF This is the extension for the specified data format The characters do not appear in the Document Name column but is added automatically as part of the name when the file is transmitted Reference H Public Personal and Group User Box functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 10 2 2 Overview 2 2 2 Overview 2 2 1 Available operations with Network scan function Scanning refers to the operation of reading the image of an original fed through the ADF or placed on the original glass The scanning functions can be used to temporarily store the scan data on the internal memory of the machine and transmit the data over the network E Mail transmission Scanned data can be sent to the specified E mail address Select destinations from the touch panel of this machine and send scanned data as an E mail attachment Original Main unit Memory E mail scanned data SMTP server POP server Intranet Internet Receive E mail message ONDARON bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 11 2 2 Overview 2 FTP transmission Upload scanned data to the specified FTP server Enter the FTP server address and login password from the touch panel of this machine Data uploaded to the FTP server can be downloaded from a computer on the network
79. nn nnrn cnn nrr cnn rn nnnr rre nnn nr 10 16 10 4 8 Fax Settings Line Parameter Gettimg AA 10 18 10 4 9 Fax SettingS TX RX Setting TEE 10 19 10 4 10 Fax SettingS FUNCTION ettnge istigpar tairi ninnisin dd ninas 10 22 Function ON OFF Settings ii cincel 10 22 Memory RX Setting AA A e deaa aapa ANENE 10 23 Closed Network RX tieren DEENEN EES deeg 10 24 Forward R SONO EE 10 24 Incomplete TX Hold WEEN 10 25 ND AS aS e aaa a Aa aa aaaea aeaii aaa aa Tin ana daana ea ANE Aaaa ha Saai 10 26 TSI User le D 10 27 10 4 11 Fax Settings PBX Connection Zetting 10 28 10 4 12 Fax Settings Report Settings reiini r a Aen 10 29 10 4 13 Fax Settings Job Settings List Mdiri aaa aaaeei aa aate daa Siaa cnc 10 31 10 4 14 Fax Settings Multi Line Settings sinsice inini eienen aaen iune narran arenas 10 31 Line Parameter Setting v cfccsccuceticnsenswetsateanvaercavaveteevenssceusetecsanscnedugneduntensedecandhtvadategeadsedtenastnteas EE dn 10 31 FUNCTION Settings EE 10 32 MUI Line Getters da casada ad ad da einen 10 32 Sender Fax NO iii a a di cds 10 33 10 4 15 Fax Settings G3 Fax Print Quality Settings AAA 10 33 10 4 16 Security Settings Security Details ee eeeeceseeesceeeeeceeeeseeceeesceeeeseeesenaceneseeeeseeeseseesenseceeteseeens 10 33 Manual Destination INDUt O 10 33 Restrict FICA da ie dd da a lada lata ble 10 34 Hide Welte le EE 10 34 Display Activity LOQ aeieea ogi Red ricino ENEE aidara pa ar apea A anr a paa aaa apaa ai paaa 10
80. on unlocking restricted operations contact your admin istrator e If PageScope Authentication Manager is used for authentication ask your server administrator about the login procedure Connection via PageScope Authentication Manager is available only when a Hard Disk is installed MFP authentication Enter the user name and password and then press either Login or the Access key on the control panel eEnter a login user name and password and then touch Login or press Access Public User Access West Status User Name A Password Job Details 12 23 2009 17 42 Toner Level kN Memory 1007 External server authentication Enter the user name password and server name and then press either Login orthe Access key on the con trol panel Ster a login user name and password and then touch Login or press Access West State User Name Password Server Name servi Delete Job Details 12 23 2009 17 49 Memory 100 Toner Level Ki bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 9 2 1 Information 2 Account Track Enter the account name and password and then press either Login or the Access key on the control panel Ster Account Name and password and then touch Login or press the Access key user Name Se Account Name Password 3 Job Details E 12 23 2009 17 51 ner Level ll E Henory 100 2 1 4 Restriction of file name Name document data to be s
81. operating the control panel of this machine when the external telephone rings press Off Hook in the Fax Scan Mode screen and make sure RX is selected Press Start in the Off Hook screen 0f f Hook Press Start to begin receiving Job List ENTE rm mg b History On Hook Broadcast Destinations 2 12 30 2009 01 16 Toner Level vl Fee SE To receive fax data manually the following settings are required External telephone Connected Answering machine OFF e Line Parameter Setting Receive Mode Set to Manual RX bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 3 6 3 Receiving I FAX 6 6 3 Receiving I FAX E mail messages can be received either automatically or manually When this machine receives an E mail message the E mail text and attachment file are printed automatically This machine can receive documents in black and white Data is saved in the Memory RX User Box if Memory RX Setting is enabled in the Utility menu The saved documents can be printed as needed MA Reference For details on printing documents saved in the Memory RX User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tionsj Reference e When it is stamped a 3 16 inches 4 mm diameter pink stamp appears in the location as shown in the diagram D This machine is capable of receiving E mail data of maximum 3000 pages for attachment file and max imum 20K byte for text When a document in color or grayscale is received the data is d
82. representing the registered destination Host Address Registered PC address File Path Registered file path User ID Registered user ID Password Registered password The password is indicated by Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level E mail Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination E Mail Address Registered E mail address Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level FTP Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination Host Address Registered PC address File Path Registered file path User ID Registered user ID Password Registered password The password is indicated by anonymous Whether to allow anonymous users to access or not is displayed PASV Whether the PASV mode is enabled or not is displayed Proxy Whether to use a proxy server or not is displayed Port Number Registered port number Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 2 Common lists 8 WebDAV Item Description No Address book regist
83. run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 11 11 2 Logging in and logging out 1 1 2 Enter the administrator password and then click OK gt y y gt gt To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator User Mode and enter the administrator password Logging in to the administrator mode locks the control panel of this machine and you will not be able to use it Depending on the status of this machine you may not be able to log in to the administrator mode If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in the Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times it is no longer possible to log in to the administrator mode For details on the Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error pa rameter refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations The password entry page varies depending on the machine settings You can display the explanation of functions Help when necessary To display Help select ON in Display Setting On Mouse Point the cursor to display Help On Focus Select an item to display Help KONICA MINOLTA ok Cancel a g JESS Web Connection Select Login Administrator Admin Mode Administrator User Mode Password Help Display Setting Help Display is a network only function On Mouse ON e On Fo
84. s in struction Select Normal when scanning originals to save data in the Polling TX User Box i sSelect the Polling TX method Use the No of Job List keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number E Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Polling TX Broadcast Destinations Bulletin 12 30 2009 17 33 Memory 100 MA Reference For details on deleting or checking documents in the Polling TX User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Op erationsj Reference D When user authentication is enabled the user cannot perform polling transmission if the user is not per mitted to access to the saved documents Polling TX Bulletin Used to save documents in the bulletin board to be transmitted based on a receiver s instruction Select Bulletin enter the bulletin board number using the keypad and scan the original Documents are saved automatically in the Bulletin Board User Box that has been registered in advance i sSelect the Polling TX method Use the No of 000 dob List keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number See Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Polling TX Broadcast Destinations Normal Delete _ Delete Check Job Settings 12 30 2009 17 34 Ton
85. scanned images can be sent or received via network or telephone line This User s Guide introduces the following functions Functions Transmission Options Network scan function e E Mail e FTP e SMB e User Box e WebDAV e Web Service Fax function e Sending and receiving G3 fax e Polling Network fax function Internet Fax I FAX IP Address Fax Reference e Save in User Box a function that saves documents in the Public Personal or Group User Box and Network Fax function are available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 7 EN Information 2 Notes on using fax functions G3 Reference e To use the fax function the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is required Fax data cannot be sent received in color with this machine This machine can connect to the following telephone lines e Subscribed telephone lines including facsimile communication networks e PBX Private Branch exchange 2 wire Check the following for the telephone line to be used e You cannot connect a business phone as an external telephone o If a digital dedicated line is multiplexed in an enterprise network fax transmission speed may be limited or the Super G3 fax may not be available Communication error may occur on rare occasions due to the factory default setting This is because the mul tiplex device limits the frequency band of the line to the utmost limit based on the assumption that the line is intended for voice communication Also
86. send a fax Specify the line used for sending faxes If you select Not Set either Line 1 or Line 2 whichever is not busy is used for trans mission If both lines are idle Line 1 is used first Reference e You cannot specify a line when Line 2 Setting is set to RX Only in Multi Line Settings H To use two lines as external and extension lines be sure to specify the line to be used If you select Not Set a sending failure may occur 5 12 2 E Mail Settings E mail l FAX E mail Settings Specify the Document Name Subject From and Body for sending E mail messages Job List AR you wish to check or change A mmunication Settings gt E Mail Settings Destinations MET Subject doc j From adminetest local Body data sending 1 Delete Check Job Settings 12 30 2009 17 23 Toner Level vl Res io Document Name The name of the file to be saved is displayed This document name can also be specified in Document Name of Scan Settings The document name whichever is specified later will be applied to this column You can enter up to 30 characters bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 59 5 12 Communication Settings 5 Subject The text specified in the Utility menu is automatically displayed To change the contents press Direct Input You can enter up to 64 characters Job List S E enter the subject of the e mail D Communication Settings gt E Mail Settings gt Subject 1 No Subject
87. sender s machine or memory Program A function of registering frequently used destination fax numbers or stereo typed transmission operation procedures By simply pressing Mode Memo ry you can specify the destination or configure a function automatically to start communication Quick Memory TX A method to start sending fax immediately after scanning a page of the doc ument This method allows even a document with many pages to be sent without overflowing memory Receiving A fax machine status where it receives a call Redial A function of dialing a fax number again when recipient s line is busy after waiting for a specified length of time Both manual redial and automatic redial functions are available to select Reference Allowed Level A feature for specifying settings so that only certain people are able to view certain destination information for the security of the information When syn chronized with user authentication only information with an access permis sion level matching that specified for the user can be viewed Relay broadcast A function to broadcast fax messages via other fax machine called a relay distribution station When you have multiple broadcast destinations in re mote place you may configure one of the destinations as a relay station to transfer the broadcast via the relay station so that you can reduce the total communication rate Relay distribution station A fax machine that sends fa
88. telephone line via PBX however you may not establish a communication in the super G3 mode depending on telephone line conditions In this case it is recommended that you turn V34 off to send data After sending has been completed this machine auto matically returns to the V34 mode Check Dest amp Send The specified fax number is compared with the remote fax number CSI and data is sent only when those fax numbers match If they do not match the communication will fail there fore preventing a sending error e To check the destination and send the fax number of this machine must be registered with the recipient s fax ma chine Select Line If two fax expansion kits are installed you can select Line 1 or Line 2 to send a fax Specify the line used for sending fax es Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index characters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is ena bled bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 10 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Reference H To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set H To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit To delete a register
89. that relate to Network Scan G3 Fax and Network Fax One Touch User Box Registration l Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection utility 3 01 05 2010 Memory First level ate Ol Destinat Limiting Access to Destinations 17 31 100 Second level aa ility gt One Touch User Box Registration ST ion y 2 Create User Box A Third level Fourth level 1 Create One Touch Destina tion 1 Address Book Public 1 E Mail p 9 7 1 2 No Name E Mail Address 2 2 Index Icon 2 User No Box p 9 8 Name User Box Index Icon 3 Fax p 9 9 1 2 No Name Fax Number Line Set tings 2 2 Index Icon bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 2 9 1 Menu trees in User mode First level Second level Third level Fourth level 4 PC SMB p 9 11 1 3 No Name User ID Pass word 2 3 Host Ad dress File Path Refer ence 3 3 Index Icon 5 FTP p 9 13 1 3 No Name Host Ad dress File Path 2 3 User ID Pass word anony mous PASV Proxy Port Number 3 3 Index Icon bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 3 9 1 Menu trees in User mode First level Second level Third level Fourth level 6 WebDAV p 9 14 1 3 No
90. that has been printed on a page Item Job List Select desired date tine type an Settings gt Stamp Composition gt Date Time O Date Format Pages Jan 23 2007 23 1 07 13 23 Ist Page Only Hone ee Print Position Tol Left J Time Format 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings Bl Text Details E A 12 30 2009 17 11 Toner Level Kil Rtas 100 EE Description Date Format Select the format to display the date Time Format Specify whether to add the time and select the format to display the time Pages Select whether to print the date and time on all pages or the first page only bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 49 5 10 Scan Settings Item Description Print Position Print Position Select the print position Fine Tune To fine adjust the print position press Adjust Po sition Specify the shift length of the print position to the left right top or bottom using a value be tween 1 16 and 1 15 16 inches 0 1 and 50 0 mm Text Details Page Number Text Color Select the printing color from black red blue green yellow cyan or magenta Text Size Select the size 8 pt 10 pt 12 pt 14 pt in which text is printed Text Type Add page numbers to all pages of the document Job List Select the font type from Times Roman or Helvet Ica Use the keypad to enter the star
91. that is sent via Web service e Communication is displayed only when the destination is a fax Internet fax or IP address fax Reference D When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed The names of confidential documents are not displayed D To view scanned images you must set Job History Thumbnail Display to ON in Administrator Set tings in advance For details refer to page 10 12 The function for saving a document in the Public Per sonal or Group User Box Internet fax function and IP address fax function are available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 2 Touch panel 3 lt Current Jobs of Receive gt Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Status The status of the job receiving dialing Polling RX queued printing printing stopped print error saving to memory Document Name The name of the received or saved document Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org The number of original pages that were re ceived Tl When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs L1 L2 Displays if 2 units of the Fax Kit FK 508 are in stalled Pres
92. the document and prints the same document H If two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed for receiving forwarding data with G3 Fax the line used to forward the data can be specified Reference D These functions can be specified in Fax Settings Function Settings Forward TX Setting in Admin istrator Settings For details refer to page 10 24 e When the IP address fax or Internet fax is received and the received data is not supported it is dis carded and not printed For details refer to page 6 4 Internet fax or page 6 5 IP address fax D The IP address fax or Internet fax can be forwarded only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 7 3 7 3 PC Fax RX G3 7 7 3 PC Fax RX G3 The PC Fax RX function saves a document received as a fax in the Public Personal or Group User Box in the hard disk The saved data can be printed or sent Memory RX User Box or any User Boxes specified are used as saving destination User Boxes If no Hard Disk is installed received data is saved in the internal memory SSD Solid State Drive installed in this machine The saved data can be printed 1000 2000 1 Sender 2 Original 3 Hard Disk or Memory RX User Box if no Hard Disk is installed This function cannot be used together with the following functions e Memory RX D Fax Forwarding TSI Distribut
93. the number of pages are added as sender information From MFP01 987654321 05 25 2006 13 22 138 P 001 001 FAX 10 4 8 Fax Settings Line Parameter Setting Configure items related to fax transmission and reception 1 3 page Item ES Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Line Parameter Setting Job Setting PB Number of Redials 1X Redial Interval 3 min ME ES 01 07 2010 11 26 Memory 100 Description Dialing Method Select one of the dialing methods from PB 10pps 20pps Receive Mode Select a receive mode e Auto RX Automatically receives faxes e Manual RX If you expect frequent phone calls for example if an external telephone is connected to this machine set this mode to Manual RX ER Reference For details on Auto RX refer to page 6 2 For details on Manual RX refer to page 6 3 Number of RX Call Set the number of incoming call rings in the range between 0 and 15 Default Rings 2 Number of Redials Set the number of redials for busy no answer and so on The setting range varies depending on the local standard Redial Interval Set redial intervals in the range between 1 and 15 minutes Default 3 min utes bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 18 Administrator Settings G3 10 10 4 9 __ Select job setting Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Line Para
94. these restrictions differ depending on the device that make up the network For details contact your network administrator Notes on using Network Fax The following conditions are required to exist in order to use the Network Fax function o Network Fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed e The machine is connected to the network required The machine can be used over a TCP IP network First connect the cable for connecting to the network For details refer to page 4 3 In order to use this machine on a network settings such as the IP address of the machine must be specified For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Notes on using Internet Fax The following describes the precautions for using the Internet Fax D To use the Internet fax function ask your service representative to configure settings For details con tact your service representative e The following environment is required to use the Internet Fax function The machine is connected to the network capable of E mail communications 8 The Internet FAX function is set to ON in Network Fax Function Settings of Administrator Settings e When an E mail message is sent the attachment file may be broken depending on the network status Make sure the attachment file of the document is not broken after being sent e Even if the transmission result screen or the result area of an activity report indicates due to a
95. to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled Reference e The IP address fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed e To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set H To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit e To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete 9 2 9 Address Book Internet Fax Register Internet fax addresses To register a new destination press New 1 2 page Job List E Registered number is automatically applied by touching 0K S To specify a registered number touch the No button Address Book Public 01 06 2010 15 32 Memory 100 2 2 page Utility gt Internet Fax gt New PX Ability Bestination gt Utility Index etc Destination Address Book Public 01 06 2010 15 33 Cancel Memory 100 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 17 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Item Description Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered i
96. to the User s Guide Box Operationsj Check Job Check Job Settings Press Check Job Set The Check Job Settings is displayed Press Check Job Settings to check the following settings Destination Settings Check Scan Settings Check Original Settings Communication Settings Check E Mail Settings Check Job Check Job Settings Destination Settings Displays the list of destinations that are registered in the machine To add the directly entered address to the address book select the destination and press Store Ad dress To check the detailed information of the destination select a destination and press Details To delete a destination select one you want to delete and then press Delete 0 0 Ob D R 0 0 Check Job Detailed Settings gt Destination Settings 0 D 0 1 fade tokyoaabcd local 2 SET osaka abcd local 3 Badri hagoya abed local 1 1 Toner Level Ki bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 17 3 3 2 Touch panel Check Job Check Job Settings Scan Settings You can check the details of scan settings basic setting scan setting and application setting Press either Back or Forward to check Job List Select desired button to change Check Job Detailed Settings gt Scan Settings Back EZ Broadcast 3 Destinations gimplex7 Simplex Resolution EZ Tokyo Duplex E E 200x200dpi E Osaka Brant GE Fine E Nago
97. x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Detail Output Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Saddle Tray Tray 3 Administrator Information Administrator Name admin Extension No Admin E mail Address admin test local No Item Description 1 KONICA MINOLTA logo Click this logo to jump to the Konica Minolta Web site at the follow ing URL http www konicaminolta com 2 PageScope Web Con Click this logo to display the version information of PageScope Web nection logo Connection 3 Login user name Displays the current login mode icon and user name public admin istrator User Box administrator registered user or account Click the user name to display the login user name 4 Status display Displays the status of the printer and scanner sections of this ma chine with icons and messages Clicking the desired icon when an error occurs displays the information Consumable Info Paper Tray or user registration page associated with the icon to enable you to check the status 5 Message display Displays the operating status of this machine bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 16 11 3 Page Configuration 11 No Item Description 6 To Login Screen Log Click this button to log out the current mode and log in again When out logged in as a public user To Login Screen appears When logged in as a registered user or an administrator Logout appears 7 Change Password Click this button to jump to the user password change page This button
98. 00 Daily specify the report output times accordingly Press Job List gt Job Details gt Send gt Job History gt Comm List gt Fax TX List or Fax RX List to print the following reports e TX Report e RX Report e Activity Report TX Result Report The result of transmission is printed automatically Select the print timing G3 1 FAX IP from ON If TX Fails or OFF in Administrator Settings of the Utility menu Polling TX Report The result of polling transmission is printed automatically if TX Result Re G3 port is set to ON or If TX Fails in Report Settings of the Utility menu Polling RX Report The result of polling reception is printed automatically if TX Result Report is G3 set to ON or If TX Fails in Report Settings in the Utility menu Sequential Polling RX The result of polling transmission to multiple destinations is printed automat Report ically if Sequential TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility G3 menu Broadcast Report This report is printed automatically upon completion of a sequential broad G3 1 FAX IP cast transmission if Sequential TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu Reservation Communi cation Report G3 This report is printed automatically when a transmission is reserved if Timer Reservation TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu Reservation Polling TX R
99. 001 THR Note Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 22 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 4 7 An address Polling Rx Reserved Report Printed automatically when a polling reception to single destination is reserved You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Timer Reservation TX Report in the Utility menu An address Polling Rx Reserved Report 01 04 2010 20 08 Serial No 54 Addressee tine Start Time Prints Note 1 01 04 20 08 01 04 23 00 ooo THR POL Note Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase Tx DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax 8 4 8 Sequence Polling Rx Reserved Report Printed automatically when a polling reception to multiple destinations is reserved You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Timer Reservation TX Re
100. 10 5 10 Fax Settings Function SettingS occonococononnnnsncnnosennnccnnnrncn nc 10 36 Function ON OFF Setting Destination Check Display Functlon 10 36 Memory RX Setting civic Id Eege Ee a ads died 10 36 Forward TASA lee EE 10 36 10 5 11 Fax Settings Report SettingS oooooinncnnsonimsienasennscecnrncn nc rn crecen 10 37 leger Repo EE 10 37 TX Result REO seia a e ra aea aaa EEan Eaa aaa aE 10 37 Sequential TX REPO wee ilies cvacnecenccdecdeceesaceteececnacavecceudebsevexaedsiusbedsunedsusatendsapedevuensensuedeadioredeltes ategts 10 37 Broadcast Result REPO vicio di o Eed eeh SNE EE EE 10 37 WCReSultiReport Gneck TT AT EE geE ca ETTE 10 37 Network Fax RX Error Report iens tanaan iadaaa enaa isa 10 37 MDN Message On cool a dns id ed Een 10 38 DSN Meseaee ETag a E EENS 10 38 Print E mail Message Body EAXT e 10 38 10 5 12 Fax Settings Job Settings Listas iirinn aeaaaee ias 10 38 10 5 13 Fax Settings Network Fax Settings AAA 10 39 Black Compression Level ciisccate cacsevens cateecannaehuecas syacuceunacuasvaneasceanssacheceds ceasgacedzstndgecacesceazeandetenaye 10 39 Color Grayscale Multi Value Compression Method AAA 10 39 Internet Fax Self RX Ability EA 10 40 Internet Fax Advanced Settings EA 10 41 NCAA RE 10 42 10 5 14 Security Settings Security Details AAA 10 43 Manual Destination Input 10 43 Restrict Fa Toi A ee 10 43 Hide Personal Information Guiada bai aia 10 43 Display Activity E EE 10 43 er
101. 2010 20 02 Serial No 1 49 Start Tine fax1 01 04 20 02 00 001 001 OK L1 POL Kyoto Office 01 04 20 02 00 00 02 001 001 OK L1 POL Note L1 Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax Result OK Communication OK S OK Stop Communication PW OFF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error DC Decode Error MDN MDN Response Error DSN DSN Response Error 8 4 4 Reservation Communication Report Printed automatically when a timer transmission is specified You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Timer Reservation TX Report in the Utility menu Reservation Communication Report P 1 01 04 2010 20 05 Serial No 1 52 Addressee greece start Time _ Prints Note fax 01 04 20 05 01 04 23 00 001 THR Note L1 Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Specia
102. 223 11 18 11 4 User Mode Overview 11 11 42 Job 2 usemi Logout KT Ready to Scan SS Ready to Print al Job History Refer to Job History for finished jobs Communication List Print o Select the Job Type and click Go Print Page Display by 50 cases 1 sei Select Job No UserName File Name Status Time Stored e 136 use Printing 0107 2010 11 45 Increase Priority Delete Item Description Current Jobs Enables you to check the currently executed job or queued jobs Job History Enables you to check the executed jobs Communication Enables you to check the completed transmission and reception jobs List 11 4 3 User Boxes EI Reference For details on the operating procedures for User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 2 use Logout Change Password 12 KT Ready to Scan SS Ready to Print e J Fe To Main Menu Open User Box Open User Box Public Group Personal gt Create User Box Boxis the function to save documents in the machine Documents in the Box can be used for printing sending etc kO S User B peni5yHem Usar Box User Box Number 1 999999999 gt eer COTE Es User Box Password Ir User Box List Search from Index ALL y Page Display by 50 cases 1vw User Box Number User Box Name Type Time Stored 1 boxD1 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 2 box02 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 as box03 Public 11 04 2009 17 44
103. 52 10 11 Text Detalls accionada 5 50 5 52 10 11 TOO ri aes 5 50 5 51 5 52 10 11 Fext Type vai did 5 50 5 52 10 11 SA EE 5 36 MEF is ib 5 38 ime FORMAL 2 uugechdb ito gEg buede 5 49 Timer Reservation TX Report ccccccceeeeeeesesseeeees 10 29 Timer transmission occconnoccccnnnononnconononnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnns 5 64 Timer TI lebt cios 3 12 TOD a da dados 5 56 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX en 5 56 Tray Selection for RX Print eerren 10 20 TSI User Box Registration seeren 10 27 TSI User Box Setting AA 10 27 10 28 TWAIN LOCK Time c cccccconoccccnncononcccnonnnnnncncnnnnnancnnnnnnnns 9 27 EX Display sinetin ena enuon E 9 25 TX Result Report gece green eg dE dee 10 29 TX Result Report Check ecceeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeeeeeees 10 30 RL e EE 5 53 RAA sicario 10 19 bizhub 423 363 283 223 14 8 KONICA MINOLTA http konicaminolta com Copyright A1UD 9586NS 00 2010 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC 2010 1
104. 6 Original Settings p 5 55 Communication Settings p 5 58 Direct Input tab The following settings can be configured with the Direct Input tab page 5 25 Job List Broadcast Destinations 1 1 Delete Sheck Job Settings mm First level Toner Level kil AE at any time using keypad Address Book it b History EE e 5 EN EN Fax User Box 4 ge EF Internet Fax IP Address Fax PC SMB O 4 Scan Settings 1 Original Settings lt epes 12 27 2009 15 49 S Memory 100 Language Selection Fax p 5 25 E Mail p 5 25 User Box p 5 26 Internet Fax p 5 26 IP Address Fax p 5 27 PC SMB p 5 28 FTP p 5 29 WebDAV p 5 30 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree First level Web Services p 5 31 Scan Settings p 5 36 Original Settings p 5 55 Communication Settings p 5 58 The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box Internet fax function and IP address fax function are available only when a Hard Disk is installed Job History tab The following settings can be configured with the Job History tab page 5 32 Job List Select desired destination s D n Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Address Book Direct Input 8 Ss Of f Hook Broadcast Destinations Foperss Address Last
105. 63 283 223 3 1 Control panel 3 No Name Description 22 Copy Press this key to enter Copy mode The machine is in Copy mode in default While the machine is in Copy mode the indicator on the Copy key lights up in green For details re fer to the User s Guide Copy Operations A CAUTION e Do not apply extreme pressure to the touch panel otherwise the touch panel may be scratched or dam aged Never push down on the touch panel with force and never use a hard or pointed object to make a selection in the touch panel bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 4 3 2 Touch panel 3 2 Touch panel 3 2 1 Screen component IR aBc DEF E GHI JKL k m Mo _ Pars w we al etc ME Mail E Mail Mail ZS Box ston Osaka Nagoya fax1 I WebDAV CH DI sl Fan Ke ip faxt VG Group Search EES E Scan Settings 4 Original Setting H ES Seveyngs gt 5 Toner Level vd eier Jade Language Selection No Name Description 1 Message display area Displays the status of the machine and details on operation procedures 2 Functions settings display area Displays tabs and buttons for displaying screens containing various functions Use this area to configure various functions Press a tab or button to display the corresponding screen for configur ing the settings 3 Icon display area Displays icons indic
106. 7 4 aa deine tabs iota elena ede 6 6 Forwarding of job after in memory proxy reception ID 6 6 Printing upon data reception muii ii 6 7 Printing Ee et 6 7 Printing at reduced size to fit the paper size to be prirte coca nnnnnnnns 6 8 Step 1 Select optimal paper size 6 8 Step 2 Select actual print paper scene 6 10 Restrictions Tor el Te EE 6 12 Printing at full SiZS ar sali iia a att ad da 6 13 Printing method upon data reception oooooocccccnnncccccncncononcnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnnrnnnnnn cnn nnnnn cnn nn nnnnnn cnn nnnnnnnns 6 14 Footer Rosltton E E ENEE 6 15 Inside Body Text aid 6 15 Qutside BOdY EE 6 15 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 5 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 6 1 7 6 2 7 6 3 7 7 7 7 1 7 7 2 7 8 7 9 8 1 8 1 1 8 1 2 8 2 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 8 3 8 3 1 8 3 2 8 3 3 8 3 4 8 4 8 4 1 8 4 2 8 4 3 8 4 4 8 4 5 8 4 6 PC Fax RX GS aia dedic 7 4 TSI Distribution G3 cccsesseeneseeesseeeeeseeesseeeeeneneeessnensseneeensneeenseneeaseeesaseeesnsenensneeeeeneneesnseneenseeeeas 7 5 Confidential RX GB cioonniciinicnnncnrer rc 7 6 Settings required for confidential reception E 7 6 Receiving by confidential reCeptiON oooonnccccc nnniccccnnnnonccccnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnrnnnnn noma nn nnn naar nn cnn crnnnnn cnn nnnnnnn 7 6 Sending by confidential tranSMiSSiOn ooncconnccnnnocnnoncnnnannnnnnrnn crac cn nano rn rnnr narrar rre 7 6 Relay distribution EA Eege ENEE Sa aaae ae a a
107. 7 2010 11 59 Memory 100 Color Grayscale Multi Value Compression Method Specify the device capabilities for fax transmissions when sending faxes with the file format selected to JPEG or PDF H JPEG Color default Compresses data in color JPEG format H JPEG Gray Scale Compresses data in monochrome JPEG format Not Set Compresses data in the method specified in Black Compression Level while the sending ca pability in the color or gray scale mode is disabled SE Select item and change the setting Administrator Settings gt Color Grayscale Multi Value Compression Method utility Administrator Settings Pes ccoo JPEG Gray Scale Not Set Fax Settings Network Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 59 Memory 100 Reference H This setting is not reflected in Compact PDF since Compact PDF files are compressed using values fixed to the machine D If Not Set is selected data is converted to the TIFF format to be sent even if any file format has been specified bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 39 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 Internet Fax Self RX Ability I FAX This item appears if the Internet fax function is available When an MDN request is sent from a recipient ma chine the machine sends information that is configured for its own capabilities Configure the settings for the compression format paper size and resolution Specify the self reception capabilities for Internet fa
108. Allowed File Ty ile gam ue Original Type 7 Density Resolution Blee 2 Sided Binding Son Scan Size Umar separate Book Erase Completion Stamp Fommunication Password TX v 34 OFF ECM OFF Overseas TX Line Settings Check Address PS E Monochrome Machine Level 0 Ultra Fine 0 Unspecified Auto Unspecified Unspecified None None None None None Unspecified Unspecified Unspecified Unspecified Unspecified Unspecified Unspecified No Serial No Access Allowed Level Simplex Original Type p Density Resolution Bleed Removal 2 Sided Binding Direct ion Scan Size M d Boa igi Separate Scan Completion Stamp Background Removal Pod 01 08 2010 10 50 AIUEO1 1900003 TC 324 Setting Level 0 Sigea Copied Baper 0 Fine 0 Auto Auto Unspecified Unspecified None None None None Unspecified Information included in the list Item Description No Program destination number Name Name representing the program group registered Address Book Address book registration number bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 10 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX Reference e The IP address fax and Internet fax functions are available only wh
109. Authentication is enabled in this machine If necessary you can log in to the user mode as a User Box administrator when the User Box administrator is enabled using the control panel gt Inthe login page select Administrator and click Login 3 To log in to the user mode as a User Box administrator select User Box Administrator and enter the User Box administrator s password So KONICA MINOLTA IESSE Web Connection Select Login amp Administrator Admin Mode Administrator User Mode User Box Administrator Password Help Display Setting Help Display is a network only function On Mouse ON ei On Focus ON ei ok Cancel Reference A User Box administrator can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed e To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator Administrator User Modell and enter the administrator password H If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in the Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times it is no longer possible to log in to the administrator mode For details on the Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error parameter refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations e The password entry page varies depending on the machine settings H You can display the explanation of functions Help when necessary To display Help select ON in Dis play Setting On Mouse
110. C Decode Error MDN MDN Response Error DSN DSN Response Error Activity Report P 2 12 30 2009 19 36 Serial No 1 20 Addressee Start Time Time Prints 12345678990 12 30 19 36 00 00 02 001 001 222333444555 12 30 19 36 00 00 02 001 001 Note L1 Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax Result OK Communication OK S OK Stop Communication PW 0FF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error DC Decode Error MDN MDN Response Error DSN DSN Response Error Information included in the list Item Description No Serial numbers assigned to transmission and receptions respectively Addressee One of the followings is printed This column is left blank if no information is available TX Report name registered in the address book or program RX Report Name registered in the address book or telephone number of the recipient bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 11 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8
111. CFEEN COMPONENTS visi iii a aa aa Raa AEN 5 19 5 5 Address Bok O E EE CECR 5 20 Me Scan to Me uge eaaa iaaa eri 5 20 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 2 5 5 1 COUPE A Ad ee Baek et as 5 21 5 5 2 Ni O E 5 21 telen Ke ica ni 5 21 O Hlivweeclasiiiaea tis ETE 5 22 IR HE TEE 5 23 SEC ele 5 23 5 6 A T T 5 25 5 6 1 RE 5 25 5 6 2 EN A E 5 25 5 6 3 User Box te tit eaaa e de Ge ee dee Mes 5 26 5 6 4 Internet FaK sni geit Seege dE edeeeg dee iv eesti beatae EEN Elei Sege 5 26 Next Destination Aaa dee r eh ed BEE e 5 26 Receiver RAADI Y cid dni 5 26 5 6 5 IP Address Ed td A a Ok Ok A nd At 5 27 ES EE AE E cecea tet civ bested uacWssceabenbus edodices See teda E E 5 27 Port N Der sico EE eh Re el ee ee ee is 5 27 Destination Machine Type ii iria alla 5 27 Next DEStIMNATION PEA A o do ds a E De 5 27 5 6 6 PG SMB ivi A A eed eae eet 5 28 ele Gg EL ET 5 28 SUE EE 5 28 User Namie iiinn aeieea naaraan ana aaaea aAA ah aa eaaa Aa aaa aE aA EAA SAAE Eaa aaao pinea ieia 5 28 PassWord EE 5 28 Se E 5 28 Next Destination 23 5 hi id Eed E hae ead EE 5 28 5 6 7 e LEET 5 29 HostiName 2 2 a e E it 5 29 File Path cuina li ran tidad linia 5 29 User Na Mel MEET 5 29 Password nane di a ediv eaves sa cevavel Gnas lev a aa aaae eile aE Ea tenes 5 29 Detaled Seng EE 5 29 Next Destination a ei A A E e gc 5 29 5 6 8 WebDDA Vit A aa 5 30 HOSt NAME EE 5 30 A ON 5 30 User Name miii e tdo 5 30 PassWord lic A A A A A Ai
112. D To display the online help you must connect your computer to the Internet bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 3 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 2 1 Login and logout flows Accessing with PageScope Web Connection displays the login page when User Authentication or Account Track is enabled and displays the login page in the public user mode when User Authentication or Account Track is not enabled When re logging in to this machine as a different user or as an administrator log out once and log in again When user authentication or account track is not enabled You are automatically logged in as a public user Q Public KH Ready to Scan Ss Ready to Print SE de Configuration Summary Device Name To Login Screen MFP Device Location KW CN ei To Main Menu Administrator Information Administrator Name Extension No Admin E mail Address Tray 1 Tray 2 Saddle Tray Tray 3 admin admin test local gt Option Engine Serial Number 11 EE Device Type PrintiCopy Scan Fax gt Meter Count oner patus l Online Assistance BESRDRDEER Function Permission Information gt Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Print Information Paper Tray Select Tray Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status ol Bypass 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Empty c Tray 1 8 1 2 x 11 LEF
113. EE ca Se To Main Menu Basic Setting Number of Sets nom Sort ON ei Offset OFF Paper Tray Auto Printed Side 1 Sided Original Orientation LEF y Finish Punch OFF x Staple OFF v Binding Position Left Bind vw Application Setting Display Select File Printing of the following format files is supported XPS PDF Ver1 6 TIFF PS PCL JPEG Text File ok Cancel Item Description Direct Print Specify a file saved in the computer to print it using this machine If necessary you can select Application to save a document in the specified User Box Reference H Direct Print may not be displayed depending on settings in the administrator mode H A colored original is converted to black and white for printing even if Direct Print is specified D Save in User Box and Secure Print in Application Setting are displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed H If the following original is downloaded while no Hard Disk is installed memory overflow may occur re sulting in a printing failure Large volume original E Original that contains complicated figures and requires a large amount of memory to process it bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 20 11 4 User Mode Overview 1 1 11 4 5 Store Address Store Address may not be displayed depending on settings in the administrator mode H usemi Logout Change Password 2
114. F After sending has been ended this machine automatically returns to ECM ON This function cannot be used together with the following functions Polling RX e Polling TX o V 34 OFF Bulletin board registration Bulletin board polling reception Reference e This machine sends faxes in ECM ON unless ECM OFF is specified V 34 OFF V34 is a communication mode used for super G3 fax communication When the remote machine or this ma chine is connected to a telephone line via PBX however you may not establish a communication in the super G3 mode depending on telephone line conditions In this case it is recommended that you turn V34 off to send data After sending has been completed this machine automatically returns to the V34 mode This function cannot be used together with the following functions e Polling RX Polling TX D Bulletin board registration D Bulletin board polling reception e ECM OFF bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 58 5 12 Communication Settings 5 Check Dest 8 Send The specified fax number is compared with the remote fax number CSI and data is sent only when those fax numbers match If they do not match the communication will fail therefore preventing a sending error Reference H To check the destination and sena the fax number of this machine must be registered with the recipi ent s fax machine Select Line If 2 units of the Fax Kit FK 508 are installed you can select Line 1 or Line 2 to
115. Fax Scan O y Specify multiple destinations Address Book p 5 20 Direct Input p 5 25 Job History p 5 32 Address Search p 5 33 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 7 5 1 Operation flow 5 Configure Scan Settings p 5 36 Original Set tings p 5 55 and Communication Settings p 5 58 Load the original To check the advanced preview press Proof Copy p 5 9 y Press Start Start O i Reference D If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings when scanning an original with a password embedded a message prompting you to enter a password appears Press Password enter the password and then press OK On the screen that reappears press Begin Authentication to start sending e If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard is set to Yes in Administrator Settings you cannot send an original with copy guard patterns embedded H For transmission using a reverse automatic document feeder the optional Reverse Automatic Docu ment Feeder DF 621 is required bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 8 5 2 Using the advanced preview 5 2 Using the advanced preview Loading the original in the fax or scan mode and entering the address allows you to preview the finishing im age on the control panel by pressing Proof Cop
116. Fon mom Direct Input p 5 25 Job History p 5 32 tokyoabcd local 000000001 mom nm mme 3 5 E Job Detail Toner Level Ki Lamae rue Configure Scan Settings p 5 36 Original Set tings p 5 55 and Communication Settings p 5 58 Load the original bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 1 Operation flow 5 To check the advanced preview press Proof Copy p 5 9 Press Start Reference D If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings when scanning an original with a password embedded a message prompting you to enter a password appears Press Password enter the password and then press OK On the screen that reappears press Begin Authentication to start sending If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard is set to Yes in Administrator Settings you cannot send an original with copy guard patterns embedded e For transmission using a reverse automatic document feeder the optional Reverse Automatic Docu ment Feeder DF 621 is required 5 1 3 Recalling a program The following describes the procedure to use the scan fax program Press Fax Scan Fax Scan O Press Mode Memory Mode Memory Cal bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 5 5 1
117. Footer No J Delete j Check Job 7 Settings Toner Level Ki EE Reference 12 30 2009 17 15 Memory 100 Recall Header Footer Mode Check SSS Check Change Temporarily 4 For details on registering a header footer refer to page 10 17 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 51 5 10 Scan Settings Item Description Recall Header Footer Select the target header or footer in the registered contents Check Change Temporarily Select to display the contents that you can Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Set tings Specify whether to print the header and footer Pressing Print allows you to specify whether to print text the date time or other information dis tribution control number job number or serial number Text Specify a header or footer string via the control panel Date Time Specify the date time for the header footer Other Specify the distribution control number job number or serial number of the header or footer e The serial number is that attached to the ma chine For details on settings contact your service representative Pages Select whether to print the date and time on all pages or the first page only Text Details Text Color Select the printing color from black red blue green yellow cyan or magenta e Data is printed in black and white in this ma chine Text Size Select t
118. H Closed Network RX is only available when the receiver has password transmission function Forward TX Setting You can forward received documents to a preset recipient To receive data with the G3 fax function H two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed and Individual Receiving Line Setup is set to ON in Administrator Settings you can select either Fax Line 1 or Fax Line 2 to specify the forward destination setting for each receiving line For details on Individual Receiving Line Setup refer to page 10 19 Specify the forwarding destination and the output method Enter the destination using the keyboard gt or the keypad e ministrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Fax Forwarding Settings Output Method Forward amp Print BESSER 01 07 2010 11 41 Memory 100 Item Description Output Method Forward amp Print Received document are forwarded and printed on this ma chine Forward amp Print If TX Fails Received documents are forwarded ana if for warding fails are printed on the machine Forward Dest Allows you to enter a fax number using up to 38 digits It is also possible to select it from the address book Select Line If two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed specify the line used to forward received faxes The following items are not available if Forward TX Setting is configured e PC Fax RX Settings TSI User Box Settin
119. IP Address Fax Operation Settings p 10 42 1 G3 Fax Print Quality Settings p 10 33 D The item with mark is displayed if a Hard Disk is installed D The item with 2 mark is displayed if two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed e The item with 9 mark is displayed if two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed and Individual Receiv ing Line Setup is set to ON in Administrator Settings For details on Individual Receiving Line Setup refer to page 10 19 H The item with 4 mark is displayed if a Hard Disk is installed and the Internet fax function is set to ON in Network Fax Function Settings of Administrator Settings D The item with 5 mark is displayed if a Hard Disk is installed and the Internet fax or IP address fax function is set to ON in Network Fax Function Settings of Administrator Settings H The item with mark is displayed if a Hard Disk is installed and the IP address fax function is set to ON in Network Fax Function Settings of Administrator Settings 10 2 3 Security Settings E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ON AR AOS Utility 1 Administrator Password 6 HDD Settings A SSES 7 Function Management Settings inistrator 4 A 4 Security Details 5 Enhanced Security Mode AM PherSpeion Setting MATES 01 07 2010 13 44 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 7 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator mode 10
120. Mai Nagoya Original Settings ing keypad Job History Adar Search User Box box1 Fax faxi amp 1 Fax ifax1 Group Search 4 dp Communication Settings A Language Selection A Off Hook is displayed to enable you to dial in the off hook mode In addition the Direct Input tab and the Communication Settings screen allow you to configure settings related to fax transmission 3 2 3 Display and operation of Left panel In the left panel of the touch panel there are buttons for checking the status of jobs and the configuration of the machine The following buttons are available in the left panel in Scan Fax mode 1 Select desired destinationcs No oF 2 Check Job e Nane Status ME Mail ME Mail User Box Fax Tokyo Osaka Nagoya box1 fax1 Wem H opacar Heim WebDAV1 ip fax1 ifaxi Group Search Saas ai Seat Settings ES Original ett HS Sne Toner Level kil Pre Language Selection y No Name Description 1 Job List Press this button to check the job currently being performed and the job log 2 Check Job Allows you to check information of the selected User Box and various settings of the scan print and transmission functions bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 7 3 2 Touch panel Job List A command to perform an operation such as saving data to a User Box or printing or sending saved docu ments is called a job Press Job List to display the job currently being perfo
121. N Response Monitoring Time Specify whether to monitor DSN and MDN responses To monitor them en ter the number of hours Maximum Resolution Select the maximum resolution of the machine 2 2 page Select item and enter setting Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings Network Fax Settings 01 07 2010 13 17 Memory 100 Item Description Add ContentType Infor Specify whether to add Content Type information to an Internet fax when mation sending it If Yes is selected application faxbw is added to the Content Type header of MIME as a sub type bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 41 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 IP Address Fax Setting Specify the operation mode for IP Address Fax ygu gan set the operatin Ip address Fax The tran of Ghe original color ca ode 21 key iS Selected Administrator settings gt Network Fax Settings gt IP Address Fax Operation Settings Operating Mode Sending Colored Documents Utility Administrator ing y y y y Fax Settings Network Fax Settings 01 07 2010 13 18 Memory 100 Item Description Mode 1 This mode allows communication between Konica Minolta models capable of transmitting IP address faxes and models compatible with the Direct SMTP standard defined by CIAJ However a unique method developed for Konica Minolta models is used to transmit a color fax Mode 2 This mode allows communication betw
122. OXES iia Ea ade eA AA A eee 11 19 11 4 4 De EIN A sce ee aca lye Maureen 11 20 11 4 5 Gorete ue leede Deeg ies en nee td ee ee 11 21 11 4 6 GUsStO MZ at ease AE dida Todo 11 21 11 5 Administrator Mode Over vieW ic oiiomici n oia iia 11 22 11 5 1 Maintenance EE 11 22 11 5 2 DYSTSM d is NO 11 23 11 5 3 SOGCUMNTY hereto section Sir ein o hes oa aes see 11 24 11 5 4 User Authentication Account Track 11 25 11 5 5 letwOrb eg SE ccs Eet ees dE Edge adhd g ie age geet ect 11 26 11 5 6 User Boi a aaa 11 27 11 5 7 Printer Seti EEN 11 28 11 5 8 o ET 11 29 11 5 9 Fax Settings gees ene nei ga a indi lide 11 30 11 5 10 Setting foreach purpoSe seals Arcane halted i hee eet eee ee ee Aa Sete ae 11 31 12 1 2 Network fax or network SCAN sendimg ccconoccccnnnnonccccnnnnnnccncnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnn cnn nnnnnnncnannnnes 12 3 12 2 Gannotrereive ds 12 4 12 2 1 GS KEE 12 4 12 2 2 Network Faxes case cts geesde fa eth ech oh fed ca oa EEN Eege 12 5 12 3 Error Messages Gis played ii gedet na Seege SEENEN deeg 12 6 12 3 1 GS TED 12 6 12 3 2 If the HDD Ready indicator indicates an HDD malfunction 000 eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeaeeeeaes 12 7 12 3 3 Network Fax Error Codes mer e tase dE A ee See cee e ee Ate aes reegen 12 7 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM eror CODES acci n ri 12 7 Reception system error Code 12 8 12 4 If Contact your service representative is displayed Service Calll ssssseeseesssseceeeeseees
123. Point the cursor to display Help On Focus Select this item to display Help bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 15 11 3 Page Configuration 11 11 3 Page Configuration The page that appears after logging in to PageScope Web Connection is configured as shown below The following shows an example of the page displayed when Device Information is selected in the Information tab Reference H The contents of the PageScope Web Connection pages vary depending on the options installed in this machine or the settings of this machine a ERE 1 e KONICA MINOLTA A4 userf1 Logout Change Password 2 l 8 25 Pus Web Connection KT Ready to Scan Model Name bizhub 423 Ss Ready to Print 2 9 ROERE a Device Name MFP Configuration Summary Device Location gt Option Engine Serial Number 11 Piconuurmables Device Type PrintiCopy Scan Fax Meter Count IC E 11 Online Assistance Ge LLL Change User Password Function Permission Information Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Paper Tray Print Information Select Tray Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status e Bypass 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Empty 12 O Tray 1 8 1 2 11 LEE Plain Paper Ready Tray 2 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready 6 Tray 3 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready C Tray 4 8 1 2
124. QQ Reference For details on the procedure for configuring settings for it refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Reference H The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 10 13 SMB Before using SMB transmission configure the following items This section introduces basic items Also refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator for details e TCP IP Setting e SMB Client Setting QQ Reference For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 10 1 4 FTP Before using FTP transmission configure the following items This section introduces basic items Also refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator for details e TCP IP Setting e FTP Setting RA Reference For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 10 1 5 G3 Fax Before using G3 Fax configure the following items H Header Information Refer to page 10 15 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 2 10 1 Configuration before use 1 0 e Line Parameter Setting Refer to page 10 18 10 1 6 Internet Fax Before using Internet Fax configure the following items D Network Fax Function Settings e Header Information Refer to page 10 15 D Machine E Mail Address For details on the configuration procedure refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations e Machine Setting For details on the configuration procedure refer to the User s Guide Copy Op
125. Receiver s Name Not displayed for North American or Hong Kong models Footer Position 3 Line Parameter Setting p 10 18 1 3 Dialing Method Receive Mode Number of RX Call Rings Number of Redials Redial Interval 3 3 Line Monitor Sound Line Monitor Sound Volume Send Line Monitor Sound Volume Receive 4 TX RX Settings p 10 19 1 3 Duplex Print RX Letter Ledger over A4 A3 Print Paper Selection Print Paper Size Incorrect User Box No Entry 2 3 Tray Selection for RX Print Min Reduction for RX Print Print Separate Fax Pages File After Polling TX 3 3 No of Sets RX Individual Receiving Line Setup Individual Sender Line Setup bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 5 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator mode 1 0 First level Second level Third level Fourth level 5 Function Set 1 Function i 1 2 F Code TX tings pio Relay RX Relay Printing Destination Check Display Function 2 2 Confirm Address TX Confirm Address Register 3 Memory RX Setting p 10 23 4 Closed Network RX p 10 24 5 Forward TX Fax Line 1 9 Setting p 10 24 Fax Line De 7 Incomplete TX Hold p 10 25 8 PC Fax RX Set Fax Line 1 ting
126. Relay TX Result Report AAA 10 30 Page Separation ceccceceessseeesesceeseseeeeeseeeeeseeeeessees 5 39 Ce 5 49 5 51 5 52 10 11 de eg See E O E PADGF SIZE Seu EE Eege 5 26 10 40 EE E Password 5 28 5 29 5 30 5 40 9 12 9 14 9 15 EE OET 10 26 Report Settings iiime enei 10 29 O eet 10 12 Reduir iaa 3 3 Password transmission ooooocccccccnncnnnconononinanananrnononos 5 64 Reset Data Aerop ee 1050 EE EE 5 29 eg EE REESEN SE PBX Connection Setting sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseees 10 28 a GE See KE BG gees dese de dead 5 28 9 11 E NE ee NEN E EA ETRY PC Fax RX Settings EEN 10 26 SES OPOration cisi ecicessccasscnapacstgcasteasnastagensceennanes 10 10 BEE 40 30 Restrict User ACCESS c coccccococccccnnnonoccccnnnnnnanccnnnnannnnnnos 10 9 PC FAX EE 40 32 Rotate Image Eiere 5 10 e A Sericc ee ukga a agnee Ser EE A A clueitadiy cute aaa anes es PP te SCH Photo Paper micci n ENNEN 5 36 GUST EE 3 9 Roll Paita aia iii 5 63 Scan Setting ococcnonninnnnnnincnnnnnncnnnininnr coran coronan 5 39 Polling Pida paa 5 65 Scan Settings cali 3 18 5 19 5 36 Port Number 5 27 5 29 5 30 9 14 9 15 9 17 SCA IZ A enee Eeer 5 44 Position Setting EEN 5 53 Scan Fax Settings ccscseeseseseseseseeeeseeees 9 24 9 26 bizhub 423 363 283 223 14 7 14 2 Index by button 1 4 OS 5 21 5 31 5 33 U Search Option Screen EEN 9 26 Uppercase and Lowercase Letters coccion 9 26 Search Option SONS eegener 9 26 VRE No
127. Request Line Printer Daemon This is a printing method implemented via networks used for Windows NT or UNIX based systems It uses TCP IP to output printing data from Windows or UNIX to a printer on the network MAC address MAC is the acronym for Media Access Control A MAC address is an ID number unique to each Ethernet card enabling sending or receiving data to or from other Ethernet cards A Mac address consists of 48 bit numbers The first 24 bits are controlled by IEEE and used to allocate a unique number to each manufacture whereas the latter 24 bits are used by each manufacturer to assign a unique number to each card Memory A storage device used for storing data temporarily Some types of memory retain data even after the power is turned off while others not MH The acronym for Modified Huffman which is a data compression encoding method used for fax transmissions Text based originals are compressed to approximately 1 10 the original size MIB The acronym for Management Information Base which defines the format of management information for network devices that are collected using SNMP in TCP IP communication Two types of MIB are provided that is the private MIB specific to each manufacturer and the standardized MIB MMR The acronym for Modified Modified Read which is a data compression en coding method used for fax transmissions Text based originals are com pressed to approximately 1 20 the or
128. Search Options Uppercase and Lowercase Letters Bieterentiate Check Job Settings oner Level kl bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 23 5 5 Address Book 5 Reference D To configure whether to display the search option screen and options displayed on that screen use Search Option Settings in the setting menu For details refer to page 9 26 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 24 5 6 Direct Input 5 6 Direct Input Directly enter to specify the destination not registered ination t at any time using keypad TERA Direct Input AAA E Corse Receive I Fax Broadcast Destinations g User Box A Ce Internet Fax IP Address Fax y PC om y SS communication da Scan Settings HS Original Settings Serenas A 12 27 2009 15 49 Toner Level Kil EM ioar Language Selection y 5 6 1 Fax Enter the fax number by using the keypad or the panel buttons A Enter the fax number usin ial buttons Job List or keypad Touch Enter Ri ed No 1 to select the number of a registered destination Enter New Address gt Fax Next Destination T I Broadcast Destinations Tone Pause nter Registered Ni 12 29 2009 22 03 Toner Level ll Memory 100 Ra After you press OK the screen to enter the fax number appears again H Confirm Address TX is set to ON Enter the fa
129. Security Te DEE 10 7 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDDAV scccssseeeeeeeessneeeeeeeseneeeeeeeseeneeee 10 9 10 3 1 Displaying the Administrator Settings screen 10 9 10 3 2 System Settings Restrict User ACCESS ccccceseeeceseeeeeseeeseseeensseeenesenseeseeeeseseeseseneeeseeeeseseeenensenees 10 9 Restrict Access to JOD Settings assii arniarna a i aiaia 10 9 Restrict Opera EE 10 10 10 3 3 System Settings Reset Setting Job Reset Next Job Reset Data After Job 10 10 10 3 4 System Settings Stamp Settings Header Footer SettingS AAA 10 11 10 3 5 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting display 10 12 10 3 6 Security Settings Security Details AAA 10 12 10 4 Administrator Settings 163 deer Eeer Cegedel 10 14 10 4 1 System Settings Power Save Settings AA 10 14 10 4 2 System Settings Output Settings Print Fax Output Settings Fan 10 14 10 4 3 System Settings Restrict User Access 10 15 Restrict Access to Job Settings Registering and Changing Addresses AAA 10 15 Restrict Operation Restrict Broacdcasting Au 10 15 10 4 4 System Settings Stamp Settings Fax TX Settings AAA 10 15 10 4 5 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting display 10 15 10 4 6 Fax Settings Header Information 10 15 10 4 7 Fax Settings Header Footer Position ooooocccnnccnnonccnnonncnncanonanrnnn nono
130. Specify the host name or IP address of the destination in the touch panel File Path Enter the path of the destination folder in the touch panel User Name Enter the login user name in the touch panel Press Anonymous to enter anonymous Password Enter the login password Detailed Settings Press this button to configure the more detailed settings Item Description Port Number Enter the port number PASV Specify whether to use the PASV mode Proxy Specify whether to use a proxy server Next Destination Press this button to continuously specify another destination bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 29 5 6 Direct Input 5 5 6 8 WebDAV Enter the WebDAV address Job List E Enter settings to setup WebDAV destination A rect Input gt WebDAV _ MEX nation Destinations E A Ji EEN 1 Delete Check Job Settings 4 Toner Level ki Mai Cancel i Memory 100 1 Host Name Specify the host name or IP address of the destination in the touch panel File Path Enter the path of the destination folder in the touch panel User Name Enter the login user name in the touch panel Password Enter the login user password in the touch panel Detailed Settings Press this button to configure the more detailed settings Item Description Port Number Enter the port number Proxy Specify whether to use a proxy se
131. The essentials of imaging KONICA MINOLTA bizhub 423 363 283 223 User s Guide Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations UO Table of contents 1 Introduction 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 eoe ee EE E E E EEE EE E 1 2 Ee EE 1 2 A LN 1 3 Conventions used in this manual ss ssssnssunsenunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nanne nnmnnn nnana nnmnnn 1 4 Symbols used in this Manual ooonncccnnnnnonoconnncncnrnrennrrernnncnc cer nne EE 1 4 To use this machine SAO Y civic NEES niiina coavaceacestacaasendvecacaavedesciervesteeacaeines 1 4 PrOoGedUuiral ME eo ic ciceasceeceisectandcceseseaaitectanssaieedsadsvasteaashecessaieisascteuesipesineacevsedereiseataaenescateansteveas 1 4 KEY SYMDOIS coccion liar casino rn cies dad ri 1 5 Original and paper indications ooonccnnccnnonicnananonanannnanonnnnrr nn nn nr nn rana r near naar rre r ren r nr nnnr nenes 1 5 Original ANG Paper EE 1 5 Original and paper INGICATONS i esccsaccecasseccecstesaiecsceideg caentercsdeceautegnaseesassseevsscicnetadeeaaseetazencesaneseaaseneaes 1 5 2 Before using the Network Scan Fax Network Fax functions 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 4 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 ut eu RE 2 2 With Without Hard DISK iisen ee ai a 2 2 Sl AAA vacensciasaessteciaccesassdeezansed aziz 2 2 Fax Scan Mode Meninas a aa 2 3 User SetidOS vacia aa a aod easheedascavuetaesauativenedaceaaiceetecsansnglaunauivasee 2 4 Administrator Mode siii A eee ite een
132. URL Notification Setting FTP SMB WebDAV A 5 61 lee ett EE 5 61 IR Ee EE 5 61 Direct Pluto A aaa 5 61 Communication Method Settings G3 cnn nnnnnn nc nn nn nnnnn cnn 5 62 Quick MEMO TX coria A pier ea 5 62 Polino RX Noma vivia tada daria iba andes Ee 5 63 Polling RX gt CRU EE 5 63 Timer transmission Timer TX E 5 64 Password transmission Password T3 nn nnnn cnn rn nn rn rr nr nn ran nn rnr arenas 5 64 Polling TX Nor RE 5 65 Polli g TX Bulletin asin iia aladas 5 65 F Code transmission F Code TN 5 66 E Mail Encryption E Mail osa A ds 5 66 Digital Signature Email etl es dae ell ae ee 5 66 Fax Header Settings G3 IP I FAX e 5 67 Redialing GI IP WE 5 68 Auto redialing otitis Aia a 5 68 Manual redialN g a en Seet iaa ta Eet 5 68 Fax Retransmit G3 iii A a ae ee GEET 5 68 Receiving G3 Without external telephone Connected cccsssseeeeeeeseeneeeeeeenseeeeeeeeeseseeneeeeeesees 6 2 Auto RX Dedicated for tal timo iia eae i de 6 2 Receiving G3 With external telephone Connected ecccceseeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeesseneeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenenees 6 3 Manual RX Dedicated telephone nei 6 3 Receiving l FAX E 6 4 Receiving E mails automatically A 6 4 Receiving E mails manually sic ccsipsastzcpacscageasenasiadesananesasdeagsahbactnacdegsandenganbspdecatazsctnaaeazdadyesasaahasuacgaaz 6 4 Rege VNo IP EE 6 5 IN MEMOTY p oxy FeCeptiON ccomncccccccnnnnnnoncnnnnnnn cnn 6 6 In mMemory proxy reception ai c
133. X Settings Specify whether to use the PC Fax RX function To use the function configure the following items If two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed and Individual Receiving Line Setup is set to ON in Adminis trator Settings you can select either Fax Line 1 or Fax Line 2 to configure settings for each line For details on Individual Receiving Line Setup refer to page 10 19 E Specify the conditions for PC Fax RX Function 2 Administrator Settings gt Function Settings gt PC Fax RX Settings Utility BEE Print Password Check Communication Password 0 9 8 Fax Settings Specified User Box aS sz Function Settings 01 07 2010 11 44 Memory 100 If no Hard Disk is installed the following screen appears SS Specify the conditions for PC Fax RX Function ministrator Settings gt Function Settings gt PC Fax RX Settings Reference Utility Bar eet eet Print Password Check Communication Password Administrator Settings Fax Settings Function Settings 11 29 2009 17 18 Memory 100 H The documents received by fax are saved in the TIFF format in a User Box QQ Reference For details on PC Fax RX refer to page 7 4 Item Description Receiving User Box Destination You can specify destinations in a Memory RX User Box or a Specified User Box If no Hard Disk is installed the destination is a Memory RX User Box If Specified U
134. a SEKR 7 7 Description of relay disStriDUtiON EE 7 7 To perform relay distribution E 28 epee sessuc ce NNN iba 7 7 Sending fax to the relay distribution station 0 eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaneeeeaeeseeaeeeeeaeeeseneeeneneetee 7 8 Polling TX RX G3 cccsseeesseeeesscenenseeeenseeeenseenenseeeeaseeeeseneeenseeesaseeeeasenensseeeeaseneeessnenssseeeenenenenseeneneenen 7 9 O O O 7 9 Polling Pisco iia dd alada 7 9 Bulletin G3 oiia neran ae a eaan ara rr 7 10 Fax transmission using extension lines G3 onoonncccnnnccccnncnnncnnnencnnnnnnncnnnnnc cercano rre rnnnnna nene 7 11 A A A O ms seuadadl deed 8 2 Lists AAA A A A A AA eee 8 3 COMMON lISts mirai araa prera Aaa aaraa die aa a AoE a Aaa a a raaa aaea aa aea aeaa Aaa A aaae aaaea aana aaa 8 4 Address Book RE EE TEE 8 4 HOWTO PHN EE 8 4 INU Mii A E A A 8 5 Information included ie 8 5 Group Mist AA A AAA AA A A 8 7 A EG 8 7 PrintiSampl iccecicsceechccicuccastes lr aia ibas 8 8 Information included in the Iert 8 8 Program Listei AA a eee 8 9 HOW te Ve ul EE 8 9 Print ampli a A A A AA da 8 10 Information included in the list cj raa aeaa ti araa aaa aaa aeaa T aaia pican lab janet ENEE aaaea iaronn 8 10 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX cccssseeceeseeeeeeeeeesenneeeeeeneneeeeeeeeseneeeeneessees 8 11 Activity Report ica id 8 11 PrintiS M e EE 8 11 Information included in the Wert 8 11 TX Result REPO licuar ada 8 13 Broadcast Report i tito i
135. aceasnecearinees aatenseaseccasseesszartecsetegs hardpavsegnisdentpectaraaare eniinn paikasid Tanh 5 52 Staple EE 5 53 Application TX Stamp G3IDILEAX en 5 53 TER STAIN EE 5 53 Stamping TA Stamps EE 5 53 Document Name E mal BCOR MDB ETDIWebDAVI EA 5 54 Separate CM lala 5 54 Original SettinasS aira aa aaa aaar a Aaaama a ae aea eaaa a aA aaa cane ee tnctoud sei es Seawedevtaseeregtetsseeameeeek ste 5 55 Special Original Mixed Original A 5 55 Special Original Z Folded Original 5 55 Special Original Long Original 5 55 Direction Settings Original Direction oooooncccnnccccnonccononancnonannnanonnnnn nn naar nn nn rr rra r ne rnr nn nnr rra arenas 5 55 Direction Settings Binding Position oocooncononicnnnnocnnrccnnoncnnnarnn nn narrar rre 5 56 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 4 5 11 6 5 11 7 5 12 5 12 1 5 12 2 5 12 3 5 12 4 5 12 5 5 12 6 5 12 7 5 13 5 13 1 5 13 2 5 13 3 6 1 6 1 1 6 2 6 2 1 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 5 1 6 5 2 6 6 6 6 1 6 6 2 6 6 3 6 6 4 6 7 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX CG2 nnen n ne 5 56 DESEE iii A o decease 5 57 COMMUNICATION de E 5 58 Line Settings OS ironia ise 5 58 OVErSCAS RTE 5 58 ECM OFF EE 5 58 O E 5 58 Gheck Deet A Sii A yh Pa dE Ee 5 59 A gute Ae aad deiere get ege eel ei et 5 59 E Mail Settings E mail FAX voii nani tir 5 59 A NN 5 59 PARC Lu EE 5 59 Ee EE 5 60 A te A et ot A Dee a Ge aT sR A Sigel oo ode Ue cacao 5 60 IS VE 5 60
136. aceecevened E E E 3 5 Sree COMPONENT arises niar en aas aaae ae enaa aces T EAE A Eaa Eaa aae aE AA aN aAA AE AEAN Ei ue ede clack 3 5 Icons that appear in the touch panel AA 3 5 Difference of screen display with without optional devlces AAA 3 6 If the Fax Kit FK 508 is not metalle 3 6 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 1 If the Fax Kit FK 508 is installed cccccccccccscsssssseeceeeeeeceeeeaseesssseeceeeeceseceeaaaeseeseceeeecessenenaessseeeeeees 3 7 3 2 3 Display and operation of Left Game 3 7 NOD St ON 3 8 Job List Delete iii idas 3 8 Job List Job DetallS irc iia ed 3 9 Check Job Check Job Settings ooococonninononimimiscnnencnrnrnecc nn nce racer nee 3 17 Check Job Check Job Settings Destination Settings uk 3 17 Check Job Check Job Settings Scan Settings AAA 3 18 Check Job Check Job Settings Original Settings AAA 3 18 Check Job Check Job Settings Communication SettingS AAA 3 18 Check Job Check Job Settings Check E Mail Gettings AAA 3 19 rm 4 1 To begin operation id aaia 4 2 4 1 1 Environment and device requirements EE 4 2 4 1 2 Connection and settings Of Network cable AAA 4 3 Gomnection of network CAD E iii sae outa 4 3 Network SENOS a ia 4 3 Specifying an E mail address for this machine 4 3 4 1 3 Gonnection of modular cable o seen 4 4 4 2 Store AdUreSS Se naaa 4 5 4 2 1 Address BOOK EE 4 5 4 2 2 Ee le EE 4 5 4 3 Optional S a iaa 4 6 Fax SCAN glrere TEE 4 6 ePi rela
137. achine T 9pe Color Check Job op Settings A 12 30 2009 00 41 Toner Level ll Memory 100 Address Enter any of the IP address host name or E mail address of the destination The entry methods are as follows e For IP address Directly specify the IP address of the destination D For network host name and domain name Specify the destination host name and domain name Reference D The IP address fax can be sent to the E mail address For IP address Enter the IP address of the destination after ipaddrfax Input examples For the IPv4 address format ipaddrfax 192 168 0 101 For the IPv6 address format ipaddrfax IPv6 2004 2740 1003 1 250 70ff fe00 1567 For the E mail address format the IP address after an at mark must be enclosed within brackets To use the IPv6 address format enter IPv6 just after the left bracket For host name and domain name Enter the destination host name and domain name after ipaddrfax Input example ipaddrfax machinet test local To specify by the host name and domain name a DNS server that can resolve the destination domain name is required Port Number Use the keypad to enter the sending port number using a value from 1 to 65535 Destination Machine Type Select Color when the destination machine supports color printing Next Destination Press this button to continuously specify another destination bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 27 5 6 Direct Inpu
138. age gt EE 5 9 No cates 9 8 9 9 9 10 9 12 9 13 9 15 9 16 9 17 Printed PHOTO E 5 36 NEE ge 10 21 Printing Allowed ee 5 41 A 5 63 5 65 Programi isis cd tan 9 23 GE E E EEN 10 18 Program Default Ae 9 24 Number of RX Call RINGS vasariniai 10 18 10 32 Ne BEE 3 3 Breu pm 5 29 5 30 9 14 9 15 ORM OOK ee cis i 5 19 5 35 One Touch User Box Registration econo 9 7 Quality Adjustment iia 5 46 A a ds ada sects Se EE e GE Original Direction iensor aan ana eie 5 55 R Original Direction Confirmation Screen 10 12 Recall Header FOOter c ococoncononncnnnncnnonnenenonerenenases 5 52 Original Settings Een 3 18 5 19 5 55 Receive monica 3 9 Original SiZe siii 5 11 Receive Mode cocecccccccccccccccccccccceccccceccecccecccssccecceceeees 10 18 SUE 5 36 Receiver RX Ability iio Eet 5 26 Other EE 5 52 10 11 Receiving User Box Destination 10 26 Outline PDF oonncnnanccnnannoncnnaccninnocanarcnnanacc cnn ano nnna ranas 5 42 Redial Uta a Re pane pees 3 12 3 14 Output Method user 10 24 Redal 10 18 Output Settings ENEE 10 29 Reference asao nenau ia a naa 5 28 9 12 Output Time Settings 10 29 Registering and Changing Addresses cocccccccnno 10 9 Overseas TX monnncnccnocncnncnrincorinnarincorincarincarinannes 5 58 9 10 Registering groupe eececcenenononncnonennonennonennonennonenocnnnonnss 9 18 P Relay Printing ge ienien 10 22 Page Number neinnar iieiaei naniii adir e arai 5 50 SNE REDONE Geer 10780 EE 5 50 SEA EE 10 22 i
139. am destinations bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 6 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration Up to 2000 or 1000 if no Hard Disk is installed one touch destinations can be registered with an address book Reference H If Registering and Changing Addresses is set to Restrict in Administrator Settings register these des tinations using One Touch User Box Registration in Administrator Settings 9 2 1 Displaying the One Touch User Box Registration screen To display the One Touch User Box Registration screen press the Utility Counter key on the control panel and then select One Touch User Box Registration from the Utility menu that appears Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Meter Count n ility 1 2 One Touch user Box MAA User Settings J Administrator Settings A 8 Device Information A Check Consumable Life A West Status 3 4 Ter Toner Level Ki 01 05 2010 Memory 18 21 100 Reference e An item can also be selected by pressing the key on the keypad for the correspondent number To se lect One Touch User Box Registration press 1 on the keypad 9 2 2 Address Book E Mail E mail addresses can be registered To register a new destination press New 1 2 page E Registered number is automatically applied by touching 0K Job List To specify a registered number touch the No button Address Book Publ
140. and blocks the connection disabling any file transmission PDF The acronym for Portable Document Format This is an electronically format ted document with file extension of paf PDF is a PostScript based format and can be viewed using Adobe Acrobat Reader a free viewer software Peer to peer A type of network where the connected devices can be communicate with each other without using a dedicated server Pixel Pixel indicates an image pixel the smallest constitutional unit of an image Pixel The smallest constitutional unit of an image POP The acronym for Post Office Protocol A protocol for retrieving E mail mes sages from a mail server Currently POP3 the third version of POP is most often used POP Before SMTP A user authentication method used when sending E mail messages POP Before SMTP receives E mail messages first then authenticates the user us ing the POP server The IP address passed through the user authentication by the POP server is then permitted to use the SMTP server This method prevents third parties without permission to use the mail server from sending mail messages Port Number A number used to identify the transmission port assigned to each process running on a computer on the network The same port cannot be used by multiple processes Preview A function allowing you to view an image before being processed for printing or scanning Printer driver Software tha
141. and the communication failed Memory Full Printed if a fax could not be received because the memory was full LOVR Printed if the length of document page to be received exceeds the limit IP Address Fax Internet Fax POVR The upper limit of received pages is exceeded This message is printed if the number of document pages to be received exceeds 3000 IP Address Fax Internet Fax FIL File error Printed if the machine does not support the received file for mat IP Address Fax Internet Fax DC Decoding error Printed if decoding error occurs in the received file IP Address Fax Internet Fax MDN Printed if the MDN response fails Internet Fax DSN Printed if the DSN response fails Internet Fax e In the remarks column you can print a user name when user authentication is enabled or account name when account track is enabled For details refer to page 10 29 H Some of the items may not be printed depending on the option settings D The IP address fax and Internet fax functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 3 2 TX Result Report The result of transmission is printed automatically Select the print timing from ON If TX Fails or OFF in Ad ministrator Settings of the Utility menu TX Result Report P 1 12 30 2009 19 44 Serial No 1 22 Addressee start Time Time prints Result Note
142. aper Selection Auto Select Print paper is automatically selected Fixed Size Paper of the specified size is used for printing Priority Size Paper of the size specified as the preferred size is used for printing If no preferred size is specified paper of the closest size is used for printing bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 19 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 10 Item Description Print Paper Size Specify paper size for printing received documents The initial setting varies depending on the setting for Letter Ledger over A4 A3 QQ Reference To enable the setting for the print paper size set Tray Selection for RX Print to Auto Incorrect User Box No Configure how the machine should react where an unregistered User Box Entry number is specified for fax RX using a User Box e Print Prints received documents e Show Error Message Handles the fax as a communications error e Auto Create User Box Automatically creates a User Box with a specified number and stores documents If Password Rules is set to ON this item is not available 2 3 page ST Select job setting Job Setting PoanBageparave OFF 01 07 2010 11 33 Memory 100 Item Description Tray Selection for RX If you want to fix the paper tray used to print received faxes select the paper Print tray The available tray types vary depending on the options that are installed Min Reduct
143. appears only in the user mode page in which you logged in as a registered user 8 Help You can display the online help for the currently configured function For details refer to page 11 23 9 Refresh Click this icon to refresh the information displayed in the page 10 Icon Select the category of the item to be displayed The following icons are displayed in the user mode e Information e Job e User Box e Direct Print e Store Address e Customize 11 Menu Displays information and setting for the selected icon The menu that appears in this area varies depending on which icon was selected 12 Information and settings Displays the details of the item selected in the menu bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 17 11 4 User Mode Overview 11 11 4 11 4 1 User Mode Overview Logging in to the user mode enables you to configure the following functions Information EQ Reference You can also check the explanation of the user mode in the PageScope Web Connection online help or PageScope Web Connection manual included in the application CD ROM For details on the online help refer to page 11 3 ds 2 usemi KH Ready to Scan Ss Ready to Print Ve Sie To Main Menu Logout Change Password G i Q Device Information gt Option gt Consumables gt Meter Count Online Assistance Change User Password Function Permission Information Network Setting Information
144. ating the status of jobs and the machines 4 Left panel Displays various buttons such as Job List to display the jobs that are currently being per formed queued waiting to be performed and Check Job to display the result of the specified settings For details on the display and description of the left panel refer to page 3 7 5 Toner supply indicators Displays the remaining toner level Icons that appear in the touch panel Icons indicating the status of this machine may appear in the icon display area The following icons may be displayed Icon Description E Indicates that data is being sent from the machine regardless of the current mode as Indicates that the machine is receiving data regardless of the current mode Indicates that there is an error with the printing or scanning function Press this icon to view a screen containing a warning code yew View If the warning screen has been closed while a warning occurs press this but A ton to display the warning screen again H Appears when there is a message indicating that consumables must be re placed or the machine requires maintenance Press this icon to display the message and then perform the replacement or maintenance procedure ra Appears when an error occurs with the connection to the POP server pp bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 5 3 2 Touch panel Icon Description Indicates that there is no paper in the paper tray Indicates tha
145. ations cess Copy Security Specify whether to use the copy guard or password copy function Auto Logout Specify the time to automatically log out the administrator or user mode Administrator Specify the password to log in to the administrator mode Password Set ting bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 24 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 11 Administrator Password Setting is not displayed when D The SSL certificate is not installed D Enhanced Security Mode is set to ON e Mode Using SSL TLS is set to None in Security PKI Settings SSL Setting even though a device certificate is already registered 11 5 4 User Authentication Account Track User Auth Account Track Display General Settings General Settings User Authentication Setting Account Track Settings External Server Settings gt Public User Box Setting Scan to Home Settings Scan to Authorized Folder Be Adrninistrator E Logout z 2 KT Ready to Scan 2 To Main Menu User Authentication ON MFP oi Public User Access ON With Login sl Goen Time Setting Active E Wout 1 60 Account Track ON Account Track Input Method Synchronize User Authentication amp Synchronize wl Account Track patinas Number of Counters A d fi umber of Counters Assigned for ba Users po Mk When Number of Jobs Reach Tenn E Maximum Skip Job Wi OK Cancel Item Description General Settings Configure the User Authenticati
146. auion P3 ta A ud Sereyngss7ton Method E Mail Encryption Digital Signature 1 Check Job Settings 2009 21 34 Close Toner Level ll Kader 100 Memory 1 Esa O First level Second level Third level Fourth level Line Settings Overseas TX p 5 58 p 5 58 ECM OFF p 5 58 V 34 OFF p 5 58 Check Dest 8 Send p 5 59 Select Line p 5 59 E Mail Settings Document Name p 5 59 cd Subject p 5 60 From p 5 60 Body p 5 60 URL Notification Setting p 5 61 Communication Quick Memory TX p 5 62 e a Polling RX Normal p 5 63 Bulletin p 5 63 Timer TX p 5 64 Password TX p 5 64 Polling TX Normal p 5 65 Bulletin p 5 65 F Code TX SUB Address Ee Password E Mail Encryption p 5 66 Digital Signature p 5 66 Fax Header Settings p 5 67 Reference D The item with mark is displayed when S MIME Communication Setting is set to ON in Administra tor Settings Network Settings E Mail Settings and when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 18 5 4 Fax Scan initial screen 5 5 4 Fax Scan initial screen 5 4 1 Description of screen components Press Fax Scan to display the following screen 1 2 3 4 5 f Select desired destinatjpn s no of om Dest Fax cin be
147. ave been applied bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 31 1 2 Troubleshooting for fax and scanning problems 12 1 Cannot send faxes 12 Wm Troubleshooting for fax and scanning problems 12 12 1 12 1 1 This chapter provides solutions for some problems you encounter while using fax and scanning functions If you encounter a problem which is not listed in this chapter or difficult to solve please contact your service representative Cannot send faxes When a fax cannot be sent try to correct problems by referring to the table below If the fax still cannot be sent properly even after attempting to correct the problem please contact your service representative QA Reference If you are unable to send a fax the TX Result Report is output For details refer to page 8 13 When printing the TX Result Report is enabled For details on error messages Refer to page 12 6 For problems such as jamming of originals paper jams poor image quality or exhausted toner refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations G3 Fax Check points Corrective Actions Was the transmission procedure carried out correctly Check the transmission procedure and then resend the fax Is the recipient s fax number correct Were the address book desti nation and program des tination registered correctly There may be an error in registering the fax number when address book des tination and program destination are used
148. aved Reference D The names can contain up to 30 characters D You can edit the names after the documents have been saved e Press this button to specify the name when saving data Otherwise a predefined name is applied to the data If the data is saved without a name specified names are created by combining the following elements The following describes elements of an example document name SMFP11102315230 Item Description S This character indicates the mode when the document is saved S ap pears for documents saved in the Fax Scan mode screen or the User Box screen C Copy S Fax Scan User Box P Print R Received fax MFP This represents the name of the device that scanned the data This item displays the name that is entered in Device Name under Input Machine Address of Administrator Machine Settings in Administrator Settings When changing the displayed name specify it with up to 10 characters 11102315230 This indicates the year last two digits month day hour and minute when the data was scanned If a series of documents are scanned at the same time minute serial numbers are attached to the last digits 0001 This indicates the page when multi page data is scanned This numeral does not appear in the Document Name column but is added automatical ly as part of the name when the file is transmitted Consider this part for FTP or other transmission when a server has restriction regarding file
149. b Touch Send or Delete The memory is full Delete unnecessary data and then try saving the data again The number of regis tered user boxes has reached the maximum allowed The number of User Boxes that can be registered has reached the maximum number possible Delete unnecessary User Boxes and then try registering new boxes again This user box has reached its maximum number of pages al lowed The number of documents that can be saved in a User Box has reached the maximum number possible Delete unnecessary documents and then try saving the document again The maximum number of jobs has been queued Wait until a queued job is completed The number of jobs that can be programmed has reached the maximum number possible Wait until a job has been completed or delete a current job bizhub 423 363 283 223 12 6 12 3 Error messages displayed 12 12 3 2 Contact your service representative 12 3 3 Network Fax Error Code If the HDD Ready indicator indicates an HDD malfunction If the machine encounters a problem while sending or receiving a network fax an error dialog will appear and error codes will be displayed in Nxx format Take corrective actions by referring to the table below Transmission system error code Code Type Descrip Redial ON Corrective Actions tion or OFF N10 Connec Server con OFF e Check the state of the recipien
150. b 283 223 This user guide explains all functions assuming that a Hard Disk is installed in this machine The following shows whether or not each function is available when no Hard Disk is installed For details refer to the explanation of each function Sending and receiving Functions Available O Un Note available x with no HDD installed Network scan Sending in color E Mail FTP O SMB User Box x WebDAV O Web Service G3 fax Sending and receiving G3 fax O Polling Network Fax x Internet Fax I FAX a Sending in color Black and white printing IP Address Fax 8 Sending in color Black and white printing bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 2 2 1 Information Fax Scan Mode Menu Functions Available O Un Note available x with no HDD installed Scan Settings _ Original Type Simplex Duplex Resolution File Type Page Setting Encryption Stamp Combine Method Outline PDF O Density Color Scan Size Background Removal Sharpness Frame Erase Book Copy Annotation x Stamp Composition Send amp Print TX Stamp O Document Name Separate Scan Original Settings a Mixed Original Z Folded Original Long Original Original D
151. be stored in the Hard Disk 2 If no Hard Disk is installed fax i images are saved to the 278 MB area of the SSD 1 GB total capacity Approximately 180 sheets of the document saved or received from the fax function can be stored in the SSD Applicable lines Subscribed telephone lines including facsimile communication networks PBX lines Scanning line density Ultra Fine 600 dpi x 600 dpi Super Fine 16 dot mm x 15 4 line mm 400 dpi x 400 dpi Fine 8 dot mm x 7 7 line mm 200 dpi x 200 dpi Normal 8 dot mm x 3 85 line mm Faxes are transmitted at any of the above scanning line densities according to the capabilities of a recipient s machine Baud rate G3 2400 4800 7200 9600 1 2000 1 4400 16800 1 9200 2 1600 24000 26400 28800 31200 33600 bps Maximum scanning size Original glass 17 x 11 11 16 inches 432 x 297 mm 11 x 17 A3 size ADF 11 11 16 x 39 3 8 inches 297 mm x 1000 mm Standard Fine Super Fine 11 11 16 x 17 inches 297 mm x 432 mm Standard Fine Super Fine Maximum recording size 16 9 16 x 11 11 16 inches 420 x 297 mm 11 x 17 A3 size You cannot receive originals in excess of 39 3 8 inches 1000 mm in size When originals longer than the paper size in trays have been received print ing is made based on the settings of the Page Separation setting bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 3 13 2 Tips 1 3 13 2 Tips 13 2 1 Telling the machine to make a scan through a computer Web service You can tell the machine to
152. ble by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication D When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed The names of confidential documents are not displayed The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed The Confidential RX User Box is not available when a Hard Disk is installed e If a Hard Disk is installed Confidential RX can be enabled when the Confidential RX function is added to the Public Personal Group User Box For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 2 Touch panel lt Job History of Print gt Displays the history of printed jobs Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Document Name File name being printed e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original Copies Displays the number of copies to be printed Result Displays the result of the operation com pleted successfully deleted
153. bps When selecting overseas communication mode the machine communicates at 7200bps or 4800bps a rate suitable for noise resistance Binding Position A function to specify the binding position of a double sided document when it is sent using ADF Two types of binding positions are available for a double sided document One is the top and bottom binding with the binding position at the top or bottom of the document The other is left and right binding with the binding position at the left or right of the document Note that the second side of the document has a different top or bottom relation Book Copy A function of when sending a fax of a book or catalog separating the front cover back cover right pages and left pages into individual pages bps The acronym for bit per second which is a unit of data transmission indicating the amount of data transmit ted per second Broadcast A transmission of a single document to many recipients in one operation Bulletin board A function of posting documents to be viewed or stores the documents to be transmitted via polling Check Dest 8 Send A function to send a fax after comparing the specified fax number with the fax number information of the recipient CSI Only when those numbers match the function sends the fax If the numbers are not matched a trans mission error occurs Therefore this prevents misdirected transmissions The sender s fax number must be corre
154. c neh et ek ee a ed 5 58 j a SE EE armors E S Polling RX report inician ee EENS Ee 8 20 Se TE EEN 8 3 GIE 7 9 Logging ist AER EAR 11 4 Polling TX bulletin t 5 65 Logging DUE steve ee ee ee 11 4 Baler heen 5 65 Beie Reide a EE 5 55 bizhub 423 363 283 223 14 3 14 1 Index by item 14 Polling TX report conccconncccnnonccnononcnnnrnnnnnnnnnarnncnnnn nana nnos 8 20 Sender LAK NO cccictcdacecccedandenavecdthchiecasetensadeceenaetsiazens 10 33 Port nUmMDer EE 5 27 Sending Power A iiae aa niatan 10 14 Advanced preview EEN 5 12 Preview view Dages cnica 5 9 Operation flow haea apaa te eel cece 5 2 Preview view pages change setting we 5 11 Separate SCAM eieisccissciecedsedcaaeeedsadeianavagenesseasqnaededaabenas 5 54 Preview View status eceeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeteeeeeeeeenees 5 11 Sequence polling RX reserved report s sssssssrsssrsetssee 8 23 Print DSN Message A 8 28 Sequential polling RX report nesses 8 21 Print e mail message body commons 8 28 10 38 Setting for each purpose ccoccccconcccnonnnnnannnnnnancnnanoss 11 31 Print MDN MESSAY8 sesesscesscssseesessseeessseesersseseeseeeeeeeee 8 27 Te 5 46 Print quality Settings occiso 10 33 Simplex Guplex cima ii ia 5 37 Print fax output Setting TAX cesessssseesssssseessssseeeeeee 10 14 SMB transmission c ccesseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneees 2 12 Printer Settings concen 11 28 Specifications ivi Aid 13 2 Printing upon data reception cnn 6 7 Ell WE 5 51 a A
155. cable category 5 or later recommended connected to the network to the Ethernet connector on the machine A CH Network settings An IP address must be assigned to the machine and settings such as the SMTP server must be specified in order to use the machine on the network For the detailed procedure refer to the User s Guide Network Ad ministrator Specifying an E mail address for this machine An E mail address must be registered to this machine to send scanned data via E mail or to use the Internet Fax function This E mail address is used for sending receiving data It is recommended that the E mail ad dress registered for the administrator be used If the E mail address registered for the administrator is not specified the sender s E mail address must be entered for each Scan to E mail operation Note that Scan to E mail operations are not possible if a From address is not entered Reference e If User Authentication is enabled the E mail address specified for each user will be From address bizhub 423 363 283 223 4 3 4 1 To begin operation 4 QA Reference For details on setting the E mail address for this machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 4 1 3 Connection of modular cable To send receive G3 fax that use the telephone line connect the
156. ch by the destination type configured when registered destination The registered one touches can be viewed No of 000 E and selected fron their respective categories Address Book gt Search gt Address Type Broadcast Destinations Delete Gheck Job Settings 2 29 2009 21 55 oner Level Ki Memory 100 MA Reference For details refer to page 9 24 For details on address book registration refer to page 9 7 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 21 5 5 Address Book B E The Address Type is displayed when you press Search if Default Address Book is set to Index in User Settings Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings in the Utility menu 0 g 4 0 Dese 000 mmm Di il Toner Level Ki No Item Description 1 Address Type Displays destinations for each registered type Index Displays the destinations based on the index that was specified when the destination was registered te red one touches can be viewed eae and d from their respective indexes Registered Destinations gt Search gt Index Broadcast Destinations E Mail ME Mail User Box Bi Fax Osaka Nagoya box1 fax1 kee
157. chine is unable to print the documents for some reason such as running out of paper When a proper action is taken such as refilling of paper the temporarily saved document is printed out Number of Originals A function used for quick memory transmission with information of the total number of pages This allows the recipient to check whether the all pages were received or not In case of memory transmission the total no of pages are automatically added Overseas communica tion This is a function to communicate with an overseas recipient If an overseas communication mode is set the fax is sent with a lower speed Specifying an overseas transmission mode ensures the fax transmission when faxing to the location where transmission conditions are poor even within the country Password TX The function of sending a fax with a password If the recipient s fax machine is set to closed network reception the sender s fax machine should transmit the same password as used for the closed network reception Pause A temporary break in dialing In this machine each pause creates a one sec ond break during dialing bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 13 Fax Glossary 13 Term Description PB A push telephone line PC FAX A function to send a fax directly from a computer without using paper Polling A function available on the receiver s side to request a sender to send docu ments set or stored in the
158. cify whether to print text the date time or other information distribution control number job number or serial number Text Specify a header or footer string via the control panel Date Time Specify the date time for the header footer Other Specify the details of the distribution control number job number serial number or Account User Name of the header or footer e The serial number is that attached to the machine For de tails on settings contact your service representative Pages Select whether to print the date and time on all pages or the first page only Text Details Text Color Select the printing color from black red blue green yellow cyan or magenta e Data is printed in black and white in this machine Text Size Select the size 8 pt 10 pt 12 pt 14 pt in which text is printed Text Type Select the font type from Times Roman or Helvetica bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 11 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV 1 0 10 3 5 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting dis play When sending a fax using the advanced preview specify whether to display the screen for selecting the di rection of the original after pressing Proof Copy Select desired operation for proof scanning _ 3 ministrator Settings gt System Settings gt Advanced Preview Setting Utility Administrator OFF Settings System Se
159. ct the text string and then press Delete To set a text string as the default select the string and then press Set as Default The Internet fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 19 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 9 2 13 Registering a scan fax program You can register destinations to which faxes are frequently sent as programs together with Scan Original and Communication Settings If these are registered as programs you can call a registered set of the desti nation and its Scan Original and Communication Setting by simply pressing the Mode Memory key Reference Up to 400 or between 1 to 200 if no Hard Disk is installed typical programs and up to 10 Temporary One Touch destinations can be registered H If 410 programs have been already registered delete unnecessary programs before registering new ones Registering programs 1 Press the Fax Scan key on the control panel and then configure Scan Settings Original Settings and Communication Settings for which you want to register them as a program 2 Press the Mode Memory key 3 Select an unregistered program button and then press Register Program The Register Scan Fax Program screen appears Job List The current scan fax settings with name will 2 be programmed Specify the settings Register Scan Fax Program Broadcast Destinations E URL Notif Destinatio
160. cted All On Files Sent as one 1 E mail Attaches all files to one E mail The maximum 300 files can be attached to one E mail If the number of attachment files exceeds 300 files are split and sent as multiple E mail messages Example If the number of split files is 350 1st E mail 300 files attached 2nd E mail 50 files attached If All Files Sent as one 1 E mail is selected the size of one E mail is lim ited to 200 MB or less If the size of an E mail exceeds the capacity files are split and sent as multiple E mail messages Example If the capacity is 200 MB and the size of one E mail is 250 MB 1st E mail 197 MB 2nd E mail 53 MB If E Mail TX SMTP is set to Binary Division in Administrator Settings the setting for Binary Division is given priority If the server capacity is specified in E Mail TX SMTP in Administrator Settings files may be split at the specified size and sent as multiple E mail messages Example If the size of one E mail is 1 5 MB 5 files attached and the server capacity is 1 MB 1st E mail 0 9 MB 3 files attached 2nd E mail 0 7 MB 2 files attached e 1 File per E Mail Attaches one file to one E mail If One 1 File per E Mail is selected the size of one E mail is limited to less than 400 MB You cannot send E mail with the size of 400 MB or more If E Mail TX SMTP is set to Binary Division in Administrator Settings the setting for Binary Division is gi
161. ctly registered with recipient s machine Closed Network RX A function to accept only transmissions from recipient machines with a matching password Confidential communi cation A function to transmit a document to specific persons you want them to read it Documents sent via confidential communication are not printed when re ceived and are saved in a confidential box of the recipient s fax machine The document can be printed by some specific operation such as entering the access code for the confidential box Default value Asetting value configured for the machine prior to shipment from the factory Some default values can be changed by using the settings menu It is con venient to set a frequently used value to the default value according to your application Dialing Method Three types are provided for Dialing methods PB push button dialing 10PPS pulse dialing 10 pps and 20PPS pulse dialing 20 pps ECM Error Correction Mode ECM is the error resending method used for G3 communication ECM checks whether the data is correctly sent to the destination and should it be not the case ECM resends the same data while maintains the serial commu nication If a receiver also provides the ECM mode this machine uses the ECM based communication with the receiver unless the ECM mode is disa bled bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 12 Fax Glossary 13 Term Description F Code A comm
162. cus ON e bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 12 11 2 Logging in and logging out 1 1 Display mode in administrator mode In System Settings Display Setting the display mode in the administrator mode can be selected from Tab Function Display or List Function Display This manual shows an example where List Function Display is set as the display mode In either display mode the available items are the same In the default setting the screen is displayed in Tab Function Display In Tab Function Display click the desired icon to change the menu Se Administrator 12 KH Ready to Scan 2 E d 08 ROM Version Wiel 96 gt Total Duplex D Import Export of Originals 81 Status Notification Setting of Used Paper 81 Total Counter Notification Copy Counter SHEI Total 4 Date Time Setting Large Size 0 Timer Setting Print Counter Network Error Code Display Total o Setting Large Size o Reset Scan Fax Counter License Settings Print Scans gt Edit Font Macro matai 2 108 Large Size 0 a Job Log Fax TX 0 Fax RX 0 Paper Size Type Counter Paper Size Paper Type Count 11 x 17 Not Specified 0 8 1 2 x 14 Not Specified 0 8 1 2 x 11 Not Specified D 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Not Specified 0 A9 y Not Specified 0 B4 Not Specified D B5 Not Specified 0 AA Not Specifie
163. d D AS Not Specified 0 Others Not Specified 0 bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 13 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 In List Function Display change the menu from the list box Select the desired menu in the drop down list click Display Se Administrator Se Ready to Scan Display ROM Version gt Import Export Status Notification Setting Total Counter Notification Setting Date Time Setting Timer Setting gt Network Error Code Display Setting gt Reset License Settings Edit Font Macro Job Log Total 98 Total Duplex D of Originals 81 of Used Paper 81 Copy Counter Total Large Size Print Counter Total Large Size Scan Fax Counter tear To Main Menu Print Scans Total 94 104 Large Size 0 a Fax TX 0 Fax RX 0 Paper Size Type Counter Paper Size Paper Type Count 11 x 17 Not Specified 0 8 1 2 x 14 Not Specified D 8 1 2 x 11 Not Specified 0 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Not Specified D A3 Not Specified D B4 Not Specified D B5 Not Specified 0 A4 Not Specified D AS Not Specified D Others Not Specified D bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 14 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 Logging in as a User Box administrator You can log in to the user mode as an administrator to delete a job when User
164. d a fax by confidential transmission enter the box number of the destination Confidential RX User Box and password For details on confidential transmission refer to page 5 66 bizhub 423 363 283 223 7 6 7 6 Relay distribution G3 7 7 6 7 6 1 7 6 2 Relay distribution G3 Description of relay distribution A function to send fax via a relay distribution station When a document is sent by fax it is saved in a relay distribution station and forwarded to the destination afterwards When there are multiple broadcast destina tions at distant places by grouping the broadcast destinations to the relay station for each region the entire amount of the communication charges can be reduced by doing the relay transmission from the relaying sta tion aa 1 Relay instruction station Long distance call Relay distribution station Local call Relay distribution destination aR WP H The fax machine that requests a relay transmission and sends a document is referred to as relay in struction station e The fax machine that receives fax data from the relay instruction station and relays it to the destination is referred to as relay distribution station e This function is available only if the relay distribution station s machine is capable of handling F c
165. d expanded security features IPX One of the protocols used for NetWare IPX runs in the network layer of the OSI reference model Java A programming language developed by Sun Microsystems that runs on most computers regardless of the installed hardware and operating system How ever in order to run Java applications an operating environment called Java Virtual Machine Java VM is required Kerberos Anetwork authentication system used for Windows 2000 or later used as the Active Directory authentication Kerberos arranges an authentic site within the network to provide two phase authentication processes of users login and the use of network resources allowing users to be securely and efficient ly authenticated LAN The acronym for Local Area Network This is a network constructed by con necting computers on the same floor in the same building or in neighboring buildings LDAP The acronym for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol a protocol used to access a database that can manage E mail addresses and environmental in formation of network users on the Internet intranet or other TCP IP network LPD The acronym for Line Printer Daemon This is a platform independent printer protocol running on the TCP IP network The protocol was originally devel oped for BSD UNIX and has become one of the printing protocols typically used among general computers LPR LPD The acronym for Line Printer
166. d ii 8 13 Hob Settings Lista AE dE a 8 14 HOW TO Me ul EE 8 14 Fax Setting AA O O NA 8 15 STEE E WEE 8 17 sender TS RUSS Bel cesses ceed ege See A Eege Ee 8 18 Confidential Bulletin List icicccasscssisccscccsssccnsseeeasszesaatactaeesenheceenasecacasazaconccesausosenscdiehavdteaacacdaabapeaeatade 8 19 Report printed for G3 fAX nmncccncconmnccinrccinnnrccr nananana nananana 8 20 Poling TX RE PONE ss ge cect Geechee theca enn o a dite tn detent deck aint die dl o de il ie 10 8 20 Polling RX Report iaden a A std aa ti iii 8 20 Sequential Polling RX Report AA 8 21 Reservation Communication Heport AE 8 21 Reservation Polling TX Report ecccccceeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeesecaeeeeeseseaaeeeeseseeeaeeseeseaees 8 22 Broadcast Res rved Repo lianas ia 8 22 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 6 8 4 7 An address Polling Rx Reserved Heport A 8 23 8 4 8 Sequence Polling Rx Reserved Heport 11 8 23 8 4 9 Confidential RX Repor EE 8 24 8 4 10 Bulletin TX Report Polling TX Report ooccccccnnncccccnncononccccncnonnnnccnnnnnnnnnnonnnannnncnnnnannnn cnn nnannnnncc na nannnn 8 24 8 4 11 Relay TX Result Report cocos 8 25 8 4 12 Relay Request R6pOrt Zo ences aie rect eee ee eevee tld eel ne 8 25 8 4 13 PG Fax TX Error Report i 3 ssi access casei eee bate es eee Mie ee 8 26 8 5 Report printed for Internet Fax jcsiic seis ccsseveciesscesceded ceseasecie desearede da Ed 8 27 8 5 1 Internet Fax Rx
167. ddress 4 01 06 2010 15 30 Cancel Memory 100 Use the keypad to enter port number To clear your entry press C Specify index according to name 2 Utility gt WebDAV gt New Proxy Port Number 1 65535 Address Book Public 01 06 2010 15 30 Cancel Memory 100 Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2000 or between 1 and 1000 if no Hard Disk is installed Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters User ID Enter the user ID for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 63 bytes Password Enter the password for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 63 characters Host Address Enter the host name IPv4 address or IPv6 address as the host address for the destination server The host name must be less than 63 characters in length e If you enter a host name and then select to enter an IP address the host name is cleared e If you enter the IP address and then press Input Host Name the IP ad dress is saved and displayed in the input screen e Before entering the host name check that the DNS settings are correctly specified For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator
168. det 5 30 Detailed Settinas coria iaa 5 30 Next Destination SEENEN ENEE EEN tack eege 5 30 5 6 9 VUE 5 31 Detalla A lia 5 31 SE iii A A A A id 5 31 5 7 A NOAA 5 32 Name ita acia ia 5 32 5 8 Address A NEESS EES EES 5 33 5 8 1 SM ii A A A es a ee 5 33 5 8 2 Advanced Search a id ed do 5 33 Dame A ld aAA lied ag aiea eea ded Aaa ETa iaeia ieat 5 33 IS GETT BEE 5 33 IS Ke E 5 33 IR d A O 5 33 ElrstNaM eli alta aa 5 33 e RE 5 34 t eil elei EE 5 34 Departinentl E 5 34 OR ANDJ STARTS WITH ENDS WITH cccceecceeseceeeseceeceeeeecseneeescaeeessaeeesaneeessaeeesseeeesseeees 5 34 5 9 aaa A T T A AT 5 35 NE EE 5 35 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 3 5 10 5 10 1 5 10 2 5 10 3 5 10 4 5 10 5 5 10 6 5 10 7 5 10 8 5 10 9 5 10 10 5 10 11 5 10 12 5 10 13 5 10 14 5 10 15 5 10 16 5 10 17 5 11 5 11 1 5 11 2 5 11 3 5 11 4 5 11 5 AAA eee cect A eee aae a aaa aa a daaa enaa aa a ceca Aa ranar 5 36 OTI TYPE a de 5 36 Alicia dade enced apace ees E ET 5 36 Text POLO E 5 36 Photo iii A eee ad 5 36 Dot Matrix Original oia geg rts deg dee SGA eet d 5 36 Copied Paper inma e a a a e a aeta aa ee eaa ea da IEEE 5 36 elle E d Re E EE 5 37 A EE 5 37 Ee EE 5 37 Cover 2 Sided EE 5 37 Resolutio sr eg suas ge E e Eege ee 5 37 Ele Type inicia rias 5 38 A T A A A E E E E A T 5 38 A A NA 5 39 Beete le 5 40 Stamp COMPOSITION EE 5 42 SS A AN 5 42 DOS iS A rete eee 5 43 Color
169. dial attempt No report is output when transmission is completed successfully ES Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Job Setting ON Network Fax RX Error Report 0 0 DSN Message OF Print E mail ON Message Body Fax Settings i EZ ED 01 07 2010 11 48 Memory 100 Description TX Result Report Check Configure display settings for TX Result Report Check Specify whether to display the report bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 30 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 4 0 10 4 13 Fax Settings Job Settings List This function outputs a list of settings related to faxes Select a desired paper tray and then press Start Select 811 or 11417 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing dministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Job Settings List Paper Tray Simplex Duplex TB gt 2 Sided 12 30 2009 19 31 Cancel IN start Memory 100 Reference For an example of output of a list of settings refer to page 8 14 10 4 14 Fax Settings Multi Line Settings If two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed configure settings for the second line Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection inistrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Multi Line Settings MOTE MET gt MIC A Sender 4 Fax No 01 07 2010 11 49 Memory 100 Line Parameter Setting Select job setting dE rator S
170. due to error deleted by user part of mode cancelled TIL When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Deleted Jobs Finished Jobs All Jobs Switch to display each job type Detail Reference Allows you to check the result error details regis tration source user name document name output tray stored time completed time number of origi nal pages number of copies number of pages to be printed or external server information for the selected job e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication D When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed The names of confidential documents are not displayed To view scanned images you must set Job History Thumbnail Display to ON in Administrator Set tings in advance For details refer to page 10 12 o The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed D The Confidential RX User Box is not available when a Hard Disk is installed If a Hard Disk is installed Confidential RX can be enabled when the Confidential RX function is added to the Public Personal Group User Box For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations
171. e Stamp Type Preset Stamps Composition gt Stamp Pages Se MEE Gime TOP SECRET INTERNAL USE 1st Page Only Check Job 7 Settings Item Toner Level Ki 12 30 2009 17 13 Memory 100 DO NOT COPY IMPORTANT Text Size CONFIDENTIAL DRAFT A Print Position Text Color Black Afen A A Description Stamp Type Preset Stamps Select the stamp type such as URGENT PLEASE REPLY or DO NOT COPY Pages Select whether to print the date and time on all pages or the first page only Text Color Select the printing color from black red blue green yellow cyan or magenta Text Size Select the printing text size from Minimal or Std Standara Print Position Header Footer Print Position Select the print position Fine Tune To fine adjust the print position press Adjust Po sition Specify the shift length of the print position to the left right top or bottom using a value be tween 1 16 and 1 15 16 inches 0 1 and 50 0 mm This function inserts headers or footers on all pages Before you insert the header or footer you must register their contents in Administrator Settings Press Check Change Temporarily to change the registered settings for printing E Select header footer Touch Check Change Temporarily to check or change the settings Broadcast Destinations an Settings gt Stamp Composition gt Header
172. e part name product name or option name on the control panel 1 2 2 Original and paper indications Original and paper sizes The following explains the indication for originals and paper described in this manual When indicating the original or paper size the Y side represents the width and the X side the length Original and paper indications ta indicates the paper size with the length X being longer than the width Y W indicates the paper size with the length X being shorter than the width Y bizhub 423 363 283 223 1 5 2 Before using the Network Scan Fax Network Fax functions EN Information 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 Before using the Network Scan Fax Network Fax functions This section describes necessary information you should be aware of before using the fax and scan functions of this machine Information A CAUTION e To turn the Main Power Switch off and on first turn the main power off and then on again after 10 or more seconds has elapsed Not doing so may result in an operation failure With Without Hard Disk Available functions of this machine differ depending on whether or not it has a Hard Disk installed A Hard Disk is installed as a standard feature in bizhub 423 and installed as a standard feature or offered as an option for bizhub 363 depending on the area they are sold in A hard disk can be installed as an option in bizhu
173. e 6 15 Memory RX setting ssscesssessseesssesssessssessseessteeseessees 10 23 NR A 7 3 MA hee cocccccccccccccecccccccccccccccececeececececeece 5 14 9 2 10 4 Forward TX Setting EE 10 24 Mixed original cocino carnes 5 55 Frame erase eener eet SE Mod lar entgegen 4 4 Er m 222 PE T T ET eege Ee 5 60 Multi line SettingS c scsesessseessessesseeseesseesees 10 31 10 32 FTE tranSMiSSiOM viana st in 2 12 Function settings c ccscccssessessesesssesseeseseeeee 10 22 10 32 NetWork tidad 11 26 e Network fax SettingS o coininnincnnnnnnncnnnicaneciniccinnnns 10 39 E A O 2 14 Network SettingS coiccinnnninnnoncnionnno cinco cano rinncan canon 4 3 ET ata ltda idas 4 5 5 21 Next destination ccccccccccccceccececceceee 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 30 H Notes on use Fax functions G3 denges ed aeaiiai dee 2 8 Header INFOrmation En 10 15 Eeer biet A EE 2 8 Heacder foeter mccooccinnonaninn nacaioneninndaiciasindonidcnnaniinainni s 5 51 IP address ta cecccccccccccccceccecseccecteccetececssiseceettseeeses 2 8 Header footer position 0 eeeseeeeseeeeeseeeeeeneeeeneeeees 10 16 Network tua het hair eee clay 2 8 Header footer settings ooooccoccccnoncccnnoanonanannnnarnnnnno 10 11 Host NAME u eeeeeesesseseseeseeeessesesecstsecereeeeees 5 28 5 29 5 30 W Howto adeedss Of ici and ee ey 5 35 PageScope Web Connection o cssessessesseesseeseeees 41 2 One touch user box registration ee 9 7 Online help EE 11 3 l Operating environment e TEE 3 5 PageScope Web Co
174. e Memory Press to register store the desired copy scan settings as a program or to recall a registered copy scan program bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 2 3 1 Control panel No Name Description 6 Utility Counter Press to display the Utility screen and the Meter Count screen Reset Press to clear all settings except programmed settings entered using the control panel and touch panel Interrupt Press this key to enter Interrupt mode While the machine is in Interrupt mode the indicator on the Interrupt key lights up in green and the message Now in Interrupt mode appears on the touch panel To cancel Interrupt mode press the Inter rupt key again Stop Pressing the Stop key during scanning temporar ily stops the scan operation 10 Proof Copy Press this key to print a single proof copy to be checked before printing a large number of copies You can check the finishing state on the touch panel by pressing this key before scanning or copying 11 Start Press this key to start scanning When this ma chine is ready to begin a scan operation the indi cator on the Start key lights up in blue If the indicator on the Start key lights up in orange scan operation cannot be started Press this key to restart a stopped job 12 Data Indicator Flashes in blue while a print job is being received Lights up in blue when data is being printed 13 C Clear Press to
175. e Monitor Sound Level TX ooocccccccccnccnconnconanoss 10 19 Frame Erase inicia 5 11 5 46 5 47 Line Parameter Setting cocconcccccononannanos 10 18 10 31 FOMI astilla teta 5 60 Line Settings ccccccccccnoonconcnononnnonnconnnonornnonnonos 5 58 9 10 Front Back Covers EEN SAT Long Orginal eiii 5 55 NAAA 5 47 Si EE 5 29 9 13 E EE Kat en eebe 199 Function Settings 10 22 10 32 MDN Message ceeececeseesseceeseseeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 10 38 MDN Request EEN 10 41 A MDN RESPONSE E A 10 41 G3 Fax Print Quality Settings A 10 33 MDN DSN Response Monitoring Time 10 41 IS rd en Te WEE 9 27 Memory RX Setting cooconconccnncnnonconocnnonocnnononnonnonnnnons 10 23 EICH 5 44 Min Reduction for RX Print essees 10 20 Ee EE 5 21 9 23 Mixed Original eii 5 55 bizhub 423 363 283 223 14 6 14 2 Index by button Mode Memory ceseccececeeeesseeeseeeeeceseeeeeseceeesceeeeneeeess 3 2 Ne 3 2 Multi Line Settings AAA 10 31 10 32 Previolis Pago nido iii 5 9 Multi Page ett ns parade 5 39 Prosa 3 9 10 26 10 27 N Print E mail Message Body 10 38 Ge Print Paper Selection ooocococccnnncicnonncccnonccncncnnnnn 10 19 o EE E EE 10 20 Network Fax RX Error ve e 10 37 Print Position e ante NOAG 5 50 5 51 Network Fax Settings ssssssssssessseessestsestiestiee gece E ie Next Destination ee as 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 30 Print Separate Fax Pages E A TTA 10 20 Print Fax Output Settings 10 14 NEDA P
176. e Protocol Version 3 a commonly used transmission protocol transmission convention for the transmission and reception of E mail POP3 has functions including mail box authentication E mail download list information check and E mail deletion SMTP The acronym for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol a commonly used transmission protocol transmission convention for the transmission and reception of E mail bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 11 Fax Glossary 13 Fax Glossary This section describes the general terms used in the fax communications Explanations may be given of the terms of functions that are not included in this machine Term Description Address Book A function of registering frequently used fax numbers of recipients When registering abbreviated addresses you should also register the destination name and the search string so that you can specify the destination using the search string to select Background Removal A function to adjust the shading of background color before sending the doc ument Batch transmission A function to send documents as one document at a specified time if the documents have the same transmission conditions such as destination transmission time memory transmission or resolution and are stored in the same memory Baudrate Baudrate indicates for the fax the transmission rate of a modem This machine can communicate at a high transmission rate of 33 600
177. e configured Multi Line Settings Role of the line such as TX Only and RX Only can be assigned e Sender Fax No Sender fax ID can be assigned to the extension line individually Reference H These functions can be specified in Fax Settings Multi Line Settings in Administrator Settings For details refer to page 10 31 bizhub 423 363 283 223 7 11 8 Description of reports and lists 8 1 Types of reports and lists We Description of reports and lists 8 8 1 8 1 1 This section explains how to print various reports and lists and provides descriptions Types of reports and lists Reports and lists printed with this machine are as follows Reports There are reports that are printed automatically reports for which printing method can be specified and re ports that are printed upon requests Report name Description Activity Report G3 1 FAX 1P This report contains the transmission and reception log The report can con tain up to 700 records in total and in separate pages for transmission log and reception log The Activity Report is printed automatically allowing you to print the trans mission log reception log or both of the transmission and reception log each as needed Printing interval can be selected from Daily Every 100 Comm 100 Daily in Administrator Settings of the Utility menu If you have specified the output timing of activity reports to Daily or 1
178. e correctly con nected Check the network cable for connection and if disconnected connect it securely Is the memory full or does the hard disk lack suffi cient available space Check the remaining amount of memory or hard disk space If there is insufficient memory or hard disk space the machine will fail to receive faxes or if it receives faxes will fail to print them No printout pro duced Is Memory RX en abled If Memory RX is enabled print the document received by fol lowing the procedure described below e Press User Box and then press System e Press Compulsory Memory RX User Box and then press Use File e f a password has been configured enter it and then press OK e Select the document you want to print and then press Print Or set Memory RX Setting to No in the Utility menu Optionally you can change the setting to disable Memory RX For details refer to page 10 23 bizhub 423 363 283 223 12 5 12 3 Error messages displayed 12 12 3 12 3 1 Error messages displayed If the machine encounters a problem an error dialog will appear and display one of the following error mes sages Take corrective actions by referring to the table below If a communication error persists please contact your service representative G3 Fax Error Message Corrective Actions Failed to complete the job due to an error while dialing Redial was a
179. e job stored in the memory can be forwarded to another destination In the Job List Job Details screen press the Receive tab Select the job that you want to forward and press Forward Specify the destination and press Start to complete the job bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 6 6 6 Printing upon data reception 6 6 6 Printing upon data reception When a document is received the paper size of the received document is compared with the paper size in the paper tray and the document is printed either by being reduced to the specified zoom ratio orto the size that the document fits the paper size to be printed If the machine is configured to print received documents in the same magnification received documents are printed in full size regardless the paper size setting of the received documents 6 6 1 Printing at reduced size When a standard size document is received it is printed according to the zoom ratio specified for the paper size Default 96 Original Received document gt SS Reducethe size ac cording to the setting of Min Re duction for RX Print QA Reference For details on the zoom ratio setting refer to page 10 19 bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 7 6 6 Printing upon data reception 6 6 2 Printing at reduced size to fit the paper size to be printed If a document size longer than the standard size is received the optimal paper size is determined based o
180. e of Desti Registered recipient s machine type monochrome color machine nation Port Number Registered port number SIP Fax This machine does not support SIP fax Apply Level Referable Registered access allowed level Group Internet Fax Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination Internet Fax Address Registered Internet fax address Compression Type Registered compression type Paper Size Registered paper size Resolution Registered resolution Apply Level Referable Group IP Address Fax Registered access allowed level Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 5 8 2 Common lists Item Description Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination IP Address IP address host name or E mail address that is registered Machine Type of Desti Registered recipient s machine type monochrome color machine nation Port Number Registered port number Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level SMB Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name
181. e security by using the user ID and password included in user registration information If this is the case leave the User ID and Pass word boxes blank In addition set Scan to Authorized Folder Settings in Administrator Settings to Limit For details on setting this function refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Password Enter the password for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 14 characters Host Address Enter the host name IPv4 address or IPv6 address as the host address for the destination computer The host name must be less than 255 characters in length e f you enter a host name and then select to enter an IP address the host name is cleared e Ifyou enter an IP address and then press Input Host Name the IP ad dress is cleared Host name and file path must be specified in uppercase To perform SMB transmission using an IPv6 address set the Direct Host ing to ON For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator File Path Enter the destination file path for saving data via the touch panel up to 255 bytes Reference Allows you to detect a computer on the network and register a shared folder as a destination e If the number of computers or workgroups on the network Subnet to which this machine is connected exceeds the value shown below the structure of the folders may not be properly reference Workgroups 512 Computers
182. earch Option Screen Custom Display Settings 01 06 2010 15 47 Memory 100 Description Uppercase and Lower case Letters Select whether to differentiate uppercase and lowercase letters when per forming a search Search Option Screen Scan Fax Settings 1 2 page Select whether to display the search option screen when performing a detail search When you select ON the search option screen appears Select job setting ility gt User Settings gt Scan Fax Settings Job Setting Item Standard High Quality Black Compression Level MMR TWAIN Lock Time 120 sec standard ZA ZA Default Scan Fax Settings Factory Default High Compression 01 06 2010 15 48 Memory 100 Description JPEG Compression Level E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV Web Serv ice IP Specify the compression level for saving images in full color e High Quality Provides higher quality images but the data size becomes larger e Standard default Provides images of data size and quality of a mid lev el between High Quality and High Compression e High Compression Provides lower quality images but the data size be comes smaller Black Compression Lev el Specify the capability of the encoding method for sending binary black and white images e MH The data size is larger e MMR default The data size is smaller Data saved in MMR format may not be opened on your co
183. ected to a network A gateway not only connects networks but also changes data for mats addresses and protocols according to the connected networks Gradation The shading levels of an image Larger number of the levels can reproduce smoother transition of the shading Gray scale A form of presenting monochrome image by using the gradation information shifting from black to white GSS SPNEGO Sim ple Digest MD5 Authentication methods used for logging in to the LDAP server The different authentication method GSS SPENEGO SIMPLE or Digest MD5 is used for a LDAP server depending on the type of the server being used or server set tings Halftone A method for presenting the shading of an image by using different sizes of black and white dots Hard disk A large capacity storage device for storing data The data is retained even af ter the power is turned off Host name The name used to identify a device on a network HTTP The acronym for HyperText Transfer Protocol This is a protocol used to send or receive data between a Web server and a client such as a Web browser HTTP can exchange files such as images sounds and movies that are asso ciated with documents including their presentation formats and other infor mation ICM The acronym for Image Color Management a color management system used for Windows ICM adjusts the difference of a color caused by different I O devices such as monitors
184. ection disable the cache function on the Web browser Reference Some Web browser versions may provide different menus and item names For details refer to the Help for the Web browser e With the cache function enabled timeout occurs in the administrator mode and after that how many time you try to access just timeout recurs It results in the control panel of this machine being locked and you cannot handle the control panel In this case turn the main power off and then turn it on again To avoid this problem disable the cache function For Internet Explorer 1 Select Internet Options in the Tools menu NO Inthe General tab select Temporary Internet files Settings 3 Select Every visit to the page and click OK For Netscape Navigator 1 Select Preferences in the Edit menu 2 n Category on the left select Advanced Cache 3 In Document in cache is compared to document on network select Every time For Mozilla Firefox aah Select Options in the Tools menu N Select Privacy and then click Settings in the Private Data section la A Select the Cache check box under Private Data select the Clear private data when closing Firefox check box under Settings and then click OK 11 1 4 Online help function You can display the online help regarding the function being configured after logging in to PageScope Web Connection and clicking 21 Reference
185. ed destination select its registered name and then press Delete 9 2 5 Address Book PC SMB Register PC SMB destinations To register a new destination press New 1 3 page egistered number is automatically applied by touching 0K o specify a registered number touch the No button Utility gt PC SMB gt New Address Book Public 01 06 2010 15 25 Cancel Memory 100 2 3 page elect item and enter setting Utility gt PC SMB gt New Host Address Create One Touch a O keneren 01 06 2010 15 26 Cancel y Memory 100 3 3 page pecify index according to name _ Utility gt PC SMB gt New Icon A E Address Book Public 01 06 2010 15 27 Cancel Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 11 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2000 or between 1 and 1000 if no Hard Disk is installed Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters User ID Enter the user ID for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 127 bytes e f user authentication settings have been applied you can avoid register ing a password on the screen for registering a new PC SMB destination and enhanc
186. ee lE e EE AEE T E E E 4 6 4 4 USINO the Web ServiGe sce cisco ec cccecttceics csdetede cc ectendee cnetensaeeceesstheacdeedeasaecentenuelacceecsatandedexeettuccdvecezenaee 4 7 4 4 1 Settings required to use the Web service 4 7 4 4 2 Installing the driver program of this machine to a computer 4 7 Check betore installation TEE 4 7 ae Wl Tee iere IC 4 8 ng 5 1 Operat oN TOW lleida acacisdeniada 5 2 5 1 1 Scan NetWork Eu id 5 2 5 1 2 E HE 5 4 5 1 3 Recalling a ere el E EE 5 5 5 1 4 Broadcasting iia A A t 5 7 5 2 Using the advanced Preview nina dE 5 9 5 2 1 Preview SC EE 5 9 Preview e EE 5 9 Preview View Pages Change Setting ececcceseceeescceceseeeeeseeeeeneneneseeeeeseeeeeseseeseeeeseeeeeeeneseneees 5 11 Preview View Status it a 5 11 5 2 2 Sending with the advanced Drevlew cnn o rr nn r arre r rre nr 5 12 Sending with Advanced Preview ccscccessscecesceeteseneeeseeenesceeeeseeeseseeseeeoeesesceeseseseneseneeseeeeeseseeers 5 12 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree scmmccccnccnnncanaccanccnnor ana ccan oran rca crac 5 14 Address Book E T o EE 5 14 Direct Input tab iia da ih ds eile ea a eee 5 14 Beleg Historylitab caco il 5 15 Address Search tab iio sin eegend dee GEES ier eege ege Ea ERE 5 15 O 5 16 Scan Sets eiii Ari lines pta 5 16 AN 5 17 Communication En din e E EE 5 18 5 4 Fax Scan initial SCreen nnnnniciccccnnncccncccrrcr A eanan in a pena KAE aaeain anaapa aanas Ennai 5 19 5 4 1 Description OF S
187. eeeeee 2 11 Bulletin TX report 0 eee eee eee teenie 8 24 Encryption cocccccccccncncncncnnancncnrncnn cono ronan conan canarias 5 40 C Enter new address E un EN 5 25 Cannot receive faxes EE 12 4 A E 5 29 Cannot send faxes coocconcoconcnnoncnnencnnencanenconnnononrancnrans 12 2 A AA in naerenn nE EAEan ARARNAR 5 26 Genter Grase iris 5 48 IP address TAK cocinada cias 5 27 Check dest amp send cc 5 59 PO SMB sonia on 5 28 Check e mail settings esincai neiannainia caras sicens cali 3 19 Fe SSC EE SC Check job check job settings eeieeemteeerer 3 17 EEN 5 30 Closed network RX AE 10 24 Environment and device requirements 4 2 A T A r 5 43 Error MESSAGE cnc 12 6 Color grayscale multi Extension line oocicncininninininnnnnninnononannrnnn cacon co narnia 7 11 value compression method Au 10 39 Communication method settings ssec 5 62 F Communication settings ooconoccccnoccccnnnccnnnnns 3 18 5 58 Fax active SCreen nmccnnoncccnnnccinancnnnnn cn cnn na nana nccnnnananas 9 25 bizhub 423 363 283 223 14 2 14 1 Index by item Fax header settings AA 5 67 M Fax retransmit ee eseu Ze criando coda Ee 5 68 MAN eNA E e fkhj eee IRC le EE 11 30 Manual redialing F code transmission sea a eiai aei 5 66 Manual RX dedicated telephone line EE 6 3 FIG MAING dee Ee ge 2 10 Manual transmission nn 5 35 File path EE 5 28 5 29 5 30 MDN Message sanan a rn a 10 38 File type Meno a A a a 7 2 Footer POSITION isini a a ia
188. een Konica Minolta models capable of transmitting IP address faxes and models compatible with the Direct SMTP standard defined by CIAJ The transmission in color mode is per formed in the communication mode Profile C format compatible with the Di rect SMTP standard Sending Colored Docu Available when mode 2 is selected To send a fax to a machine that does not ments support the color reception based on the Direct SMTP standard select Re strict Reference When selecting mode 2 check that the recipient s machine supports color reception based on the di rect SMTP standard CIAJ stands for Communications and Information network Association of Japan The generated file format differs depending on the color settings for transmission and the destination machine type setting For the color settings refer to page 5 43 and for the destination machine type setting refer topage 5 27 or page 9 16 When mode 1 is selected If the destination machine type is set to Color Full Color or Gray Scale is selected for the color setting PDF JPEG This machine prints data in gray scale Black is selected TIFF MH MR MMR This machine prints data in black and white If the destination machine type is set to Monochrome Full Color Black or Gray Scale is selected for the color setting TIFF MH MR MMR This machine prints data in black and white When mode 2 is selected If the destination machine type is set to Col
189. een will become the Device Information screen Initial Screen after login Main Menu Information C Job C Box Registered Box Number 1 999999999 Direct Print i C Store Address C Customize Item Description Option Enables you to configure the settings displayed in the initial page after logging in to this machine bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 21 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 1 1 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview Logging in to the administrator mode enables you to use the following functions Reference H For details on the administrator mode refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator H The administrator modes are classified into two display modes Tab Function Display and List Func tion Display This manual shows an example where the List Function Display is set For details refer to page 11 13 11 5 1 Maintenance de Administrator Logout 2 KH Ready to Scan 2 ES Display To Main Menu ROM Version Total 8 Total Duplex D P Import Export iz of Originals 81 gt Status Notification Setting of Used Paper 81 Total Counter Notification Copy Counter sewing Tott 4 Date Time Setting Large Size 0 Timer Setting Print Counter Network Error Code Display Total lo Setting Large Size 0 gt Reset Scan Fax Counter License Settings Print Scans
190. eets minute for 8 1 2 x 11 A4 300 dpi Scannable range Same as the copier Max 11 x 17 A3 Functions E Mail FTP PC SMB User Box WebDAV Web Service Scanner resolution 200 300 400 600 dpi Scannable paper size 11 x 17 ua 8 1 2 x 14 Ga 8 1 2 x 11 DN 7 1 4 x 10 1 2 IN 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ca y 4x6 ail A3 Ga to AS Cal AG Ga B4 Ga to B6 Ca 8x 13 a 16K Ca q 8K ca 1 There are six types of foolscap 8 1 2 x 13 1 2 Ga 220 mm x 330 mm da 8 1 2 x 13 ca 8 1 4 x 13 Ga 8 1 8 x 13 1 4 Ga and 8 x 13 Ga Any one of these sizes is selectable For details contact your service representative Reference H The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 2 13 1 Product specifications 13 13 1 2 Fax function Item Specifications Number of stored pages If a Hard Disk is installed 10000 sheets Stored in the 128 GB area of 250 GB Hard Disk capacity 1 If no Hard Disk is installed 180 sheets Stored in the 278 MB area of the SSD1 GB capacity 2 When an approximately 700 character A4 size original is stored with Fine resolution 1 If a Hard Disk is installed with 250 GB total capacity fax images are saved to the 128 GB area of the Hard Disk Approximately 10000 sheets of the document saved or received from each function copy print scan User Box or fax can
191. efault Printing is started after all documents are received D Page Print Printing is made each time a page of document is received Touch the button for the desired setting ministrator Settings gt Output Settings gt Print Fax Output Settings Job Setting Print Page Print Batch Print Administrator Page Print Settings System Settings Output Settings 01 07 2010 11 23 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 14 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 1 0 10 4 3 System Settings Restrict User Access Restrict Access to Job Settings Registering and Changing Addresses QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 9 Restrict Operation Restrict Broadcasting AR Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 10 10 4 4 System Settings Stamp Settings Fax TX Settings Specify whether to reset stamp settings configured for scanning faxes when sending faxes H Cancel Each page of the faxes is sent with no stamp settings applied D Do Not Cancel Each page of the faxes is sent with stamp settings applied Select whether or not to cancel stamp settings when sending a fax 3 Administrator Settings gt Stamp Settings gt Fax TX Settings utility Administrator Settings Do Not Cancel System Settings Stamp Settings y y y y 01 07 2010 11 24 Memory 100 10 4 5 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction settin
192. en a Hard Disk is installed 8 3 1 Activity Report This report contains the transmission and reception log The report can contain up to 700 records in total and in separate pages for transmission log and reception log The Activity Report is printed automatically Also only the transmission log TX Report reception log RX Report or both of the transmission and recep tion log Activity Report can be printed as needed Print sample Activity Report P 1 12 30 2009 19 36 Serial No 1 20 Addressee Start Time Prints Note ifax1 12 29 16 35 001 001 I FAX ORG ip fax1 12 29 16 36 001 001 IPADR ORG faxi 12 29 17 07 001 001 RG fax1 12 29 17 20 001 001 fax1 12 29 17 25 001 001 fax1 12 30 19 05 001 001 fax1 12 30 19 11 001 001 fax1 12 30 19 15 000 001 Note Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax Result OK Communication OK S OK Stop Communication PW 0FF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error D
193. enabled using the con trol panel For details on the User Box administrator settings permissions and password settings refer to the User s Guide Box Operations e When logged in to the user mode as an administrator jobs that could not be deleted in the administrator mode can be deleted H In the login page select the desired Data Management Utility For details on Data Management Utility refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Login options You can select items as required when logging in Item Description Language Select the display language View Mode Select Flash or HTML e f the screen reader software is used we recommend selecting HTML as the view mode e In an IPv6 environment select HTML e Flash Player is required when selecting Flash User Assist Select the Display dialog box in case of warning check box to display the dialog box when a warning has occurred or during operation after login Reference e If Flash is selected in View Mode the following items are displayed using Flash E Status icons and messages 8 Status of Paper Tray in Information Device Information Status of Job bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 8 11 2 Logging in and logging out 1 1 Logging in as a public user If user authentication is not enabled on the machine you will be logging in as a public user In the login page select Public User and click Login SR JEE Web C
194. eport G3 This report is printed automatically when a polling transmission is reserved if Timer Reservation TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu Broadcast Reserved Re port G3 This report is printed automatically when a sequential broadcast transmis sion is reserved if Timer Reservation TX Report is set to ON in Report Set tings of the Utility menu An address Polling Rx Reserved Report G3 This report is printed automatically when a polling to a single destination is reserved if Timer Reservation TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings in the Utility menu Sequence Polling Rx Re served Report G3 This report is printed automatically when a polling to multiple destinations is reserved if Timer Reservation TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility mode bizhub 423 363 283 223 EN Types of reports and lists 8 Report name Description Confidential Rx Report This report is printed automatically upon reception of a confidential docu G3 ment if Confidential Rx Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility mode Polling TX Report The result of transmission to the bulletin board is printed automatically if Bul G3 letin TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings in the Utility menu Relay TX Result Report The result of relay distribution is printed automatically if Re
195. er Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Polling RX Broadcast Destinations Bulletin E ES 1 2009 17 30 Memory 100 Polling RX Bulletin A function available on the receiver s side to request a sender to send documents set in the sender s bulletin board To receive documents stored in the bulletin board select Bulletin enter the bulletin board number using keypad and select the recipient Job List select the Polling RX method Use the keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number Broadcast Destinations 1 1 Delete Check Job Delete Settings 12 30 2009 17 31 oner Level ll Memory 100 This function cannot be used together with the following functions Quick Memory TX Memory TX Frame Erase Scan Size Total of Pages Quick Memory TX Mixed Original Z Folded Original Long Original Binding Position Polling TX Overseas TX ECM OFF Password TX F Code TX V 34 OFF Separate Scan bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 63 5 12 Communication Settings 5 Reference D You can enter up to 9 digit number for the bulletin board number Timer transmission Timer TX Specify the sending time Transmitting faxes in discount telephone rate hours such as late at night or early in the m
196. er User Name Password Administrator Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form pete d Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data lt ZManage Stamp Data aManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments y To log in as a different user or as an administrator log out once y bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 Log in again KONICA MINOLTA e Language OS Language OS Language k Login Public User Registered User User Name Password Administrator View Mode Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form ZA we LA User Assist PAGE SCOPE Web Connection Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data lt ZManage Stamp Data amManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments 11 2 2 Logout Click Logout or To Login Screen at the upper right of the window A logout confirmation page appears Click OK to return to the login page Re
197. er Box Bulletin Board Relay Annotation or Confidential RX User Box User Box to enable you to handle a document saved in the User Box or change the User Box setting e The Bulletin Board and Relay User Boxes are available when the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is installed e The Confidential RX User Box is available when the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is installed while no Hard Disk is installed e The Annotation User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed Create System Enables you to create a new Bulletin Board Confidential RX Relay or Annotation User Box User Box e The Bulletin Board and Relay User Boxes are available when the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is installed e The Confidential RX User Box is available when the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is installed while no Hard Disk is installed e The Annotation User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed Reference D Open User Box and Create User Box are displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed 11 5 7 Printer Settings Se Administrator l Logout 2 KH Ready to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu Basic Setting Basic Setting gt PCL Setting PDL Setting Auto gt PS Setting Paper Tray Auto gt TIFF Setting Output Tray Tray 2 Y gt XPS Settings 2 Sided Print OFF M Bind Direction Left Bind e gt Interface Setting S Staple OFF gt Direct Print Settings gt Assign Account to Acquire ge E Danes Info Number of Sets 1 1 9999 Default Paper Size 81 2 x11
198. er Level Ki Memory 100 This function cannot be used together with the following functions Quick Memory TX Memory TX Total of Pages Quick Memory TX Polling TX Timer TX Overseas TX ECM OFF Password TX F Code TX V 34 OFF bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 65 5 12 Communication Settings 5 Reference e For the bulletin board number enter the box number between 1 to 999999999 of the Bulletin Board User Box that has been registered in advance Only one document can be saved in a single bulletin board You can create up to 10 bulletin boards for this machine EQ Reference For details on deleting or checking documents in the Bulletin Board User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations F Code transmission F Code TX This function allows you send documents to a specific User Box of the remote machine by entering the SUB address and the password Specific User Boxes include the followings H Confidential TX Documents are sent to the Confidential RX User Box of the remote machine Enter the destination User Box number in the SUB Address box and the confidential transmission password in the Password box e Relay TX Sg Documents are sent to the Relay Distribution User Box of the remote machine when the remote ma chine supports the relay distribution function Enter the Relay Distribution User Box number in the SUB Address box and the password in the Password box Job List dj SEET or password and enter Commu
199. erations e TCP IP Setting E Mail Setting EQ Reference For details on Network Fax Function Settings TCP IP Settings and E mail Settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Reference D The Internet fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 10 1 7 IP Address Fax Before using IP Address Fax configure the following items D Network Fax Function Settings D Header Information Refer to page 10 15 e TCP IP Setting SMTP transmission and reception settings QQ Reference For details on Network Fax Function Settings TCP IP Settings and SMTP transmission and reception set tings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Reference D The IP address fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 3 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator mode 1 0 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator mode The following settings can be configured in Administrator Settings The menu tree contains the items that re late to Network Scan G3 Fax and Network Fax 10 2 1 System Settings Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ministrator Settings gt System Settings Utility 1 Power Save Settings 6 Restrict User Access d 2 Output Settings A 7 Expert Adjustment Si SES e 3 Date Time Settings A 8 List Counter A 4 Daylight Saving Time 9 Reset Settings A 5 Weekly Timer Settings 0 User Box Settings Z 01 06 2010 15 50 Memory 100
200. es is set to OFF documents are automatically rotated by 90 degrees if the orientation of the print paper does not match with that determined in Step 1 e To print multiple page documents of mixed size the functions and settings described in this section are determined for each page D If the paper size determined in Step 1 and 2 is loaded in multiple paper trays the paper tray is selected according to the setting specified in Auto Tray Selection Settings H If only the bypass tray is assigned for the thus determined paper size feed paper from the bypass tray for printing However if the bypass tray is not included in the options of Auto Tray Select in Auto Tray Selection Settings the bypass tray cannot be used for feeding paper D If Print Separate Fax Pages is set to ON and TX RX Settings in the Utility menu configured as fol lows documents are not divided A specific tray is assigned in Tray Selection for RX Print Min Reduction for RX Print is set to Full Size Print Paper Selection is set to Fixed Size or Priority Size Duplex Print RX is set to ON e If the selected size paper is not loaded in the paper tray a message appears prompting you to load the paper of the size If Print Paper Selection is set to Priority Size any one of the paper sizes 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 14 or 11 x 17 A4 B4 or A3 is selected as optimal paper size If the selected size paper is not loaded in the paper
201. ettings 01 15 2010 12 19 Toner Level ll Memory 100 First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Original Type p 5 36 Simplex Duplex p 5 37 Resolution p 5 37 File Type File Type p 5 38 Le Scan Setting p 5 39 Encryption p 5 40 Stamp Composition p 5 42 Outline PDF p 5 42 Density p 5 43 Color p 5 43 Scan Size p 5 44 Image Adjust Background Removal p 5 45 men Sharpness p 5 46 Application Frame Erase p 5 46 Book Copy p 5 47 Annotation p 5 49 Stamp Composi Date Time Date Format Hen peis Time Format Pages Print Position Text Details Text Color Text Size Text Type bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 16 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Page Number p 5 50 Starting Page Number Starting Chapter Number Page Number Type Print Position Stamp p 5 51 Text Details Text Color Text Size Text Type Stamp Type Preset Stamps Pages Text Size Text Color Print Position Header Footer Recall Header Footer Leen Check Change Temporarily Send amp Print Copies Le Simplex Duplex Staple TX Stamp p 5 53 Document Na
202. ettings gt Multi Line Settings gt Line Parameter Setting Job Setting PB Administrator S A Utility Fax Settings Multi Line Settings 01 07 2010 11 54 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 31 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 10 Item Description Dialing Method Select one of the dialing methods from PB 10pps 20pps for the extension line Number of RX Call Set the number of incoming call rings in the range between 0 and 15 Default Rings 2 Set this item to ON to hear the line sound from a speaker during communi cation through the extension line Line Monitor Sound Function Settings E Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Multi Line Settings gt Function Settings Job Setting Administrator A L Ben Fax Settings Multi Line Settings 01 07 2010 11 55 Memory 100 Item Description PC FAX TX Setting Specify the line to use for PC FAX transmissions Multi Line Settings Select the communication method for the extension line from three options TX and RX RX Only and TX Only E Select item and enter setting ministrator Settings gt Multi Lines Settings gt Multi Lines Usage Settings Line 2 Setting RX Only TX Only Multi Line Usage ant Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings Multi Line Settings 01 07 2010 11 55 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 32 10 4 Admini
203. ference H The login page that appears differs depending on whether Authentication is enabled in this machine D When logged in as a public user To Login Screen appears When logged in as a registered user or an administrator Logout appears e If timeout occurred because no operation was performed for the specified period during login or if au thentication setting was changed using the control panel while logging in to the user mode you will au tomatically log out of the mode e For details on how to specify the timeout period of the user or administrator modes refer to page 11 24 8 Pubic L et Screen 2 BH Ready to Scan SS Ready to Print CG E To Main Menu gt Option Are you sure you want to logout of Public User and go to the login screen gt Consumables gt Meter Count AAA Online Assistance ols _Cancel_ Function Permission Information gt Network Setting Information Print Setting Information gt Print Information bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 2 Logging in and logging out 1 1 11 23 Login PageScope Web Connection provides the user or administrator mode depending on how to log in If nec essary you can log in to the user mode as an administrator or User Box administrator depending on user authentication or User Box administrator setting Reference H A User Box administrator can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed e You can log in as a User Box administrator when the User Box administrator is
204. from the fax function when no Hard Disk is installed SSL TLS The acronym for Secure Socket Layer Transport Layer Security an encoding method used to securely transmit data between the Web server and a brows er Subnet mask A value used to divide a TCP IP network into small networks Subnetworks This is used to identify how many higher order bits of an IP address are used for the network address TCP Socket TCP Socket indicates an API used for the TCP IP network This socket is used to open a transmission route for input or output of usual files TCP IP The acronym for Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol It is a de facto standard protocol widely used for the Internet An IP address is used to identify each network device Thumbnail A function of displaying the content of an image or document file by a small image image displayed when the file is opened TIFF The acronym for Tagged Image File Format One of the file formats used for saving image data The file extension is tif By using the tag indicating the data type information for various image formats can be saved in a single image data TWAIN An interface standard defined for between imaging devices including scan ners and digital cameras and applications including graphics software To use a TWAIN compatible device a corresponding TWAIN driver is required Uninstallation To delete software installed on a compute
205. fy the extension function such as E mail authentication LDAP Setting Configure the settings to register the LDAP server IPP Setting Configure the IPP print setting FTP Setting Configure the settings to use this machine as an FTP client or server SNMP Setting Configure SNMP settings SMB Setting Configure the SMB client WINS SMB print or Direct Hosting setting Web Service Set tings Configure the settings to perform scanning or printing using Web services Bonjour Setting Configure Bonjour settings bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 26 115 Administrator Mode Overview 1 1 Item Description NetWare Setting Configure NetWare settings AppleTalk Set Configure AppleTalk settings ting Network Fax Set Configure the direct SMTP TX or direct SMTP RX settings ting WebDAV Set Configure the WebDAV settings tings OpenAPI Setting Configure the OpenAPI settings TCP Socket Set Configure the TCP Socket settings to have a data communication between this ma ting chine and the application software in your computer IEEE802 1x Au thentication Set ting Configure IEEE802 1X authentication settings LLTD Setting Select whether to enable or disable LLTD SSDP Settings Configure the SSDP settings Bluetooth Set ting Reference Select whether to enable or disable Bluetooth e To enable a Bluetooth
206. g Redialing of a job for which the status is set to pending for redial can be performed from the Job Details screen Press the Send tab in Job List Job Details select a job which status is Waiting To Redial and press Redial Confirm jobs currently sending or waiting to be sent eS Status dress 37 Fax CNA Tiner TX Job Job Details 12 30 2009 19 14 5 13 3 Fax Retransmit G3 The job which could not be sent although the number of redials reached the value specified in Line Parameter Setting is saved in Fax Retransmit User Box Such jobs can be redialed manually by opening Fax Retransmit User Box Press Send select the job that you want to send it again and press Fax Send RB Fax Retransmit User Box Toner Level kil Reference e To save a document in the Fax Retransmit User Box you must configure the Incomplete TX Hold set tings in Administrator Settings in advance For details on the Incomplete TX Hold settings refer to page 10 25 H For details on the Fax Retransmit User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 68 6 Receiving G3 IP I FAX 6 1 Receiving G3 Without external telephone connected 6 WE 6 6 1 6 1 1 Receiving G3 IP I FAX This section explains the types of fax reception and respective operations Reference e The IP address fax and Internet fax can be received only when a Hard Disk is installed Receivin
207. g G3 Without external telephone connected Auto RX Dedicated for fax line Specify this mode to use the telephone line dedicated for fax transmission The machine automatically starts receiving fax data when it detects the ring signal for the specified times Receiving Received Automatically starts receiving fax data document Reference e To receive fax data in auto mode Receive Mode must be set to Auto RX in Line Parameter Setting in the Utility menu To use the telephone line dedicated for fax transmission the following settings are required e External telephone Not connected D Line Parameter Setting Receive Mode Set to Auto RX QA Reference For details on Line Parameter Setting refer to page 10 18 bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 2 6 2 Receiving G3 With external telephone connected 6 6 2 Receiving G3 With external telephone connected 6 2 1 Manual RX Dedicated telephone line It is convenient to set the machine to manual mode if an external telephone is connected to this machine and the line is primarily used for telephone communication Receiving AN poe CO The external telephone continues to ring e A user picks up the phone and talks Reference D To use the line dedicated for telephone communication Receive Mode must be set to Manual RX in Line Parameter Setting of the Utility menu To receive fax data manually by
208. g dis play QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 10 4 6 Fax Settings Header Information Register sender information and fax ID that are included in TX documents that is to be printed on documents received by the recipient Select item and enter setting E Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Header Information Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 24 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 15 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 4 0 Item Description Sender Allows you to register more than one sender name that is to be printed on documents received by the recipient as sender information Enter a text us ing up to 30 characters e To register a new sender press New e Possible to specify up to 20 types of views for senders e To change the settings for a registered sender select the sender and then press Edit In the Edit screen registered numbers cannot be changed e To delete a registered sender select the sender to be deleted and then press Delete e To specify a sender as the default select the sender and then press Set as Default e If two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed and Individual Sender Line Setup is set to ON in Administrator Settings default value can be spec ified for each line Select the sender to specify as the default and then press either Set Line1 as Default or Set Line2 as Default
209. ginal Long Original Binding Position Confidential transmission Relay request Polling TX Overseas TX ECM OFF Password TX V 34 OFF Bulletin board registration Bulletin board polling reception bizhub 423 363 283 223 7 9 7 8 Bulletin G3 7 7 8 Bulletin G3 A function to register a bulletin board and to register a posting documents to be viewed To register a bulletin board first register the Bulletin Board User Box and then save the document by specifying the Bulletin Board User Box number Documents posted on the bulletin board can be taken out deleted or printed by accessing through the Bul letin Board User Box 1 View 2 Register 3 Bulletin board 4 Polling QQ Reference For details on registering and operating the Bulletin Board User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tions bizhub 423 363 283 223 7 10 7 9 Fax transmission using extension lines G3 7 7 9 Fax transmission using extension lines G3 If two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed different functionality can be specified to the second line by con figuring it differently from the first line The following shows the available functions D Line Parameter Setting The dialing scheme number of incoming rings and line monitoring sound can be specified D Function Settings The PC FAX transmission settings can b
210. ginal Settings Allows you to check the original settings configured for the program Communication Set Allows you to check the communication settings configured for the program tings Check E Mail Settings Allows you to check the E Mail settings configured for the program Check URL Notif Desti Allows you to check the URL notification settings configured for the program nation RX Ability Destination Allows you to check the reception capability of the recipient configured for the program Delete Press to delete a registered program To delete press Delete A Are you sure you want to delete this program Name test2 1 1 rea 01 06 2010 15 37 Toner Level ll Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 21 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 9 2 14 Create User Box Confidential User Box G3 To create a User Box for confidential reception configure the Confidential RX settings when creating a Public or Personal User Box If no Hard Disk is installed create the Confidential RX User Box QQ Reference For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 9 2 15 Create User Box Bulletin Board User Box G3 QA Reference For details on creating Bulletin Board User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operationsj 9 2 16 Create User Box Relay User Box G3 QA Reference For details on creating the Relay User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operatio
211. ginals can be sent by selecting this function Main Scanning The operation of scanning a document optically and converting the docu ment into image data Main scanning direction The horizontal direction for scanning documents Manual transmission An operation to send a fax while checking the status of the receiver Memory A location where information is stored temporarily It is used to instruct the machine to send faxes or to save temporarily stored documents Memory overflow A condition where the fax memory becomes full while scanned documents or temporarily stored documents are saved Memory RX A function of storing received documents in memory and printing them if re quired Memory TX A method to start a fax transmission after scanning documents and storing them in memory If memory transmission is used the total number of pages are automatically printed in the page number of the transmission source in formation and an image of the first page of the sent document is printed in the transmission report However the memory may become full if the docu ment contains many pages or a large volume of information because of the fine and minute image Mixed Original A function of setting different sizes of documents detecting the size of each document and send them accordingly n memory proxy recep tion A function of saving received documents automatically to memory when the ma
212. gs Memory RX Setting bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 24 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 1 0 Reference H Documents received via network fax cannot be forwarded to the G3 fax destination If Confirm Address Register is ON a screen for entering the fax number again appears after you press OK Enter the fax number and then press OK Enter fax number again to confirm gt Administrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Fax Forwarding Settings 1 EJES TT Utility Pe Pe rose Function Settings Administrator Settings 01 07 2010 11 43 Memory 100 QQ Reference For details on the Confirm Address function refer to page 10 22 Incomplete TX Hold This function temporarily retains documents failed to be transmitted in the Fax Retransmit User Box even with auto redial due to a communications error or busy signals To use Incomplete TX Hold function specify the amount of time for retaining files 22 Specify the conditions for retransmitting Administrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Incomplete TX Hold Utility Barston 2 Administrator Settings Er Fax Settings Function Settings 01 07 2010 11 43 Memory 100 Reference e For details on faxing and printing documents saved in a Fax Retransmit User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 10 25 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 4 0 PC Fax R
213. have configured prior to scanning the original For details refer to page 5 11 Select a page directly to rotate the image of the selected page by 180 degrees bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 2 Using the advanced preview 5 Preview View Pages Change Setting Change the following settings you have configured prior to scanning the original The changes apply to the subsequent pages of the originals to be scanned OSettings can be changed for stopped scan job E Press Start to continue Press Stop to cancel changes to settings Application 2 Sided Frame Erase Binding Position Details 7 S 12 29 2009 19 57 Toner Level cl pres res Item Description Basic Document Select whether the original is 1 sided or 2 sided If the Cover 2 Sided setting is enabled Cover 2 Sided appears as well Basic Binding Position Allows you to select this item if the destination type is any of E mail User Box FTP PC SMB or Web DAV and if the Book Copy function is not selected Basic Original Size Select if the Mixed Original setting is enabled Application Frame Erase Select to erase document frames Reference D The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed Preview View Status Determine whether to scan subsequent pages or not Scanning will stop To exit preview press Stop
214. he receiving capability of RX device Applied to internet fax transmissions Direct Input gt Internet Fax gt RX Ability Destination i A Resolution JPEG Color ES 600x600dpi 400x400dpi Ultra Fine Super Fine Broadcast Destinations JPEG Grayscale gt Delete Check Job Settings H S H E z E E 12 30 2009 00 40 Toner Level vl Reie ioi Item Description Compression Type Select from JPEG Color JPEG Grayscale MMR MR or MH The compression ratio is higher in JPEG MMR MR and MH in this order The higher the compression ratio is the shorter the transmission time However the recipient s machine may not have capability to receive such compression type Select the compression type receivable on the receiver side Paper Size Select from A3 B4 or A4 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 26 5 6 Direct Input 5 Item Description Resolution 600x600 dpi Ultra Fine 400x400 dpi Super Fine 200x200 dpi Fine or 200x100 dpi Standard Reference D The Internet fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 5 6 5 IP Address Fax Enter the destination of IP Address Fax Job List nter the IP Address Fax destination N8ss 000 gi Job List Enter port number using the keypad Ze Enter New Address gt IP Address Fax Address Port unter 65535 1 1 Delete R
215. he size 8 pt 10 pt 12 pt 14 pt in which text is printed Text Type 5 10 14 Application Send amp Print Select the font type from Times Roman or Helvet ica Specify whether to print documents while being sent Also configure the print settings E Scan documents can be printed while LE being sent an Settings gt Application gt Send amp Print Destinations 1 1 2 Position Derete j Check Job Settings A 12 30 2009 Memory 17 16 Toner Level ll 100 Reference Even if a colored original is scanned it is printed in black and white H To use the staple function the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 is required Copies Use the keypad to enter the number of copies A number between 1 and 9999 can be specified Simplex Duplex Select 1 Sided or 2 Sided bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 52 5 10 Scan Settings 5 Staple Select whether to staple the printed sheets Item Description Position Setting If you select the type of stapling you can specify the position 5 10 15 Application TX Stamp G3 IP I FAX TX Stamp When sending a fax using the ADF apply this function to stamp the TX Stamp on the scanned originals to make sure that each page of the original has been scanned TX Stamp is stamped only on the front sided page for double sided originals Front side of original Original feed direct
216. hinini ndondi ane anent eaaa a Niak 2 13 Relay TX result report ENEE 8 25 User DOXeS En 11 19 11 27 Repo sti ata taa 10 29 Leer mode Een 9 2 11 18 ROPOMTS sicario ocio Edge 8 2 User NAME E 5 28 5 29 5 30 Reservation communication report mica 8 21 User Settings miii rana 9 24 Reservation polling TX report cseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 22 ee ie TOO nn 5 58 PRESOIUTIONT sinnis nananana aa aa aaaea a 5 37 Restrict access to job settings cecene 10 9 vV Restrict operation actual 10 10 Web Service NENNEN 2 14 4 7 13 4 Restrict user ACCESS 2 ceceeeeceeceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeteneeetees 10 9 WebDAV transmission ocnnnnnnncnncnnnnnnncnncncnncnnanano nana 2 13 Scan setting tits Gidea enee desta wht a 5 39 Z folded original oo eee cece see tenses teteeseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 55 SCAN dl e EE 3 18 5 36 EE 5 44 Scan fax settings oooocconncccnoncncnoncnnnnnrnnnnnrnnnnnnno 9 24 9 26 EE Eddie dee eet dd 5 21 5 31 Search OPTION erica cdta do ini 5 23 Search Option settings AN 9 26 DO CUIMEY sci veceuctciebacerdessegcatucsaaiicavasecsededtssetaderacsnecensaces 11 24 SecurityidetallS voii 10 12 10 33 Select nen tc ia 5 59 Send amp Print iii it 5 52 bizhub 423 363 283 223 14 4 14 2 Index by button 1 4 142 Index by button Numeri Check Program Settings AN 9 18 9 21 E arree Gs tact ate a te ate cce nate 5 37 Check Scan Settings 9 21 e DEE 5 37 Check URL Notif Destination oocccccioniooriornanonooo
217. ic 01 05 2010 18 21 Cancel Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 7 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 2 page Specify index according to name Index y ete Utility ME 3 Icon A Create One Touch Destination Address Book Public E Mail 01 05 2010 18 22 Cancel Memory 100 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2000 or between 1 and 1000 if no Hard Disk is installed Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters E Mail Address Enter the E mail address of the destination via the touch panel Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled Reference H If user authentication settings are configured press Me that appears in the Address Book tab to allow you to easily send scanned data to your E mail address E mail address in user registration information For details refer to page 5 20 To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set To cha
218. iginal size NetBEUI The abbreviation for NetBIOS Extended User Interface This is a network pro tocol developed by IBM NetBEUI enables you to construct a small scale network simply by configuring computer names NetWare A network operating system developed by Novell This uses NetWare IPX SPX for the communication protocol bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 8 Scanner Glossary 13 Term Description NTLM The acronym for NT LAN Manager which is a user authentication method used for Windows NT or later NTLM encodes password using MD4 or MD5 encoding method NTP The acronym for Network Time Protocol a protocol used to adjust the com puter s internal clock precisely via the network In a hierarchical method the time is adjusted with the server at the highest level using GPS to acquire the correct time which is then referenced by each lower level host OCR The acronym for Optical Character Reader a device or software that con verts handwritten or printed characters to text data by optically scanning them and comparing them with previously stored patterns for identification OS The acronym for Operating System This is base software used to control the system of a computer Windows MacOS or UNIX is an OS PASV The abbreviation for PASsiVe a mode used to connect to an FTP server from within a firewall If this mode is not selected the firewall regards the access as unauthorized
219. ing Fax Setting List Serial No P 12 30 2009 21 13 1 4 38 Item Setting Item Setting Default Tab Address Book Address Book Index Default Main Time until Auto reset 1 min RX Display No Panel Initial Setting ON TX Display No UR ornation Item Setting bender Name test faxo1 Sender Name test faxo2 er Item Setting Item Setting Basteron Bods Text Destination Print ON Position Ol Line Parameter Setting Item Setting Item Setting Dialing Method PB Receive Mode Auto RX Cali Rinas 2 8 Number of Redials 1 x Redial Interval 3 min Aen Auto OFF External Phone Disconnection OFF Borce Mail Seetin OFF Line Monitor Sound OFF AGB Pom 10 Line Monitor Sound battne Aeee ive 20 TX RX Settings Item Setting Item Setting Be ee H Print BAD S reg Batch Print Br nt baper Auto election Seffect BOS Mode FRR Normal Aen paver Priority DN Print Paper Size 8 5x11 ICI 96 pring separate OFF D nn Auto File After Polling TX Delete Duplex Print RX OFF BS fon Disconnect No of Sets RX 1 E Saus Receiving Thdividual sender Line setup OFF Line setup ON Report Settings Item Setting Item Setting Activity Ri Report pre Report Confidential Eier TX Result Report Check Relay TX Result Report PC Fax TX Error Report Network Fax RX Error Report MDN Message Every 100 Comm Gi Normal Printing ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON YX Result Report Timer Reservatio
220. ing docu ments or dialing for pollings Sharpness A function to enhance the edge of characters before sending the document Sub scanning direction The vertical direction for scanning documents Super G3 SG3 A G3 communication mode complying with ITU T V 34 Compared with usual G3 communication it allows the higher rate transmission up to 33 600bps Temporary forward transmission A function of manually forwarding the received document that is standby for output by using the setting check button on the control panel The function must be set while the fax scan screen is displayed or the operation is halted because of paper misfeed or running out of paper Timer TX A function of transmitting a fax at the specified time It is used to save cost by transmitting faxes late evening or early morning when discount telephone service is available bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 14 13 5 Fax Glossary 13 Term Description Transmission reservation A function of programming the next transmission during transmission or printing Transmission source record The transmission time name telephone number page number and other in formation on the sender s side printed at the edge of the document on the receiver s side Transmission time The time needed to send a fax The higher the resolution or larger the paper the longer the transmission takes TSI The acronym for Transmitting S
221. ion Stamp position H When it is stamped a 3 16 inches 4 mm diameter pink stamp appears in the location as shown in the diagram To use TX Stamp the optional Stamp Unit SP 501 is required The ink used for stamping is consumables If the ink becomes faint contact your service representative If mixed originals are loaded the stamp may not be stamped on the location as shown in the diagram To check that the original has been successfully transmitted refer to the transmission report or the transmission result that appears on the setting confirmation screen e If the quick memory transmission has been selected selecting TX Stamp cancels the quick memory transmission e The IP address fax and Internet fax functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed Stamping TX Stamp Select TX Stamp in the Application screen Job List SPecify the settings 3 an Settings gt Application SC LO SCH ki KR E LS Stanp Conposition Sree star 1 1 E nelete Check Job Settings A 12 30 2009 17 17 Close Toner Level ll Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 53 5 10 Scan Settings 5 10 16 Document Name E mail BOX SMB FTP WebDAV I FAX Enter the document name in the control panel Reference D The Internet fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 5 10 17 Separate Scan The scan operation can be divided into several session
222. ion QA Reference For details on printing sending or deleting documents saved in User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operations For details on PC Fax RX Setting refer to page 10 26 bizhub 423 363 283 223 7 4 ZA TSI Distribution G3 7 7 4 TSI Distribution G3 Documents received with the fax ID of the sender TSI can be automatically distributed to the forwarding des tinations prepared for each sender The following destinations can be specified for forwarding User Box E Mail Address FTP SMB WebDAV Sender Save in User Box User Box E mail distribution Mail server FTP distribution FTP server Shared folder distribution 9 SMB server 10 WebDAV distribution 11 WebDAV server Reference D Documents can be distributed to User Box only when a Hard Disk is installed o The received document is printed if it could not be distributed successfully e If a forwarding User Box is not found the setting of Action when TSI User Box is not set determines the subsequent process Up to 128 locations can be registered for forwarding destination TSI QA Reference For details on TSI User Box Settings refer to page 10 27 ONDAN bizhub 423 363 283 223 7 5 7 5 Confidential RX G3 7 7 5 Confidential RX G3 A function to transmit an original bet
223. ion for RX Print Specify the reduction ratio for received document to Full Size or a value be tween 87 and 96 e Ifthe reduction ratio for printing is set to Full Size Print Paper Selection and Tray Selection for RX Print are set to Auto Or Print Separate Fax Pages is set to OFF Print Separate Fax Pag es If this item is set to ON a document longer than the standard size is printed on separate pages e Print Separate Fax Pages does not appear if Duplex Print RX is set to ON File After Polling TX Specify whether to delete the original after completing polling TX bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 20 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 10 3 3 page Setti ___ Select job setting Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt TX RX Settings Job Setting 1 set Wo sau Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 34 Memory 100 3 3 page If two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed ES Select job setting SE ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt TX RX Settings Item Job Setting Rue Fee OFF racer Settings Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 35 Memory 100 Description No of Sets RX Set the number of copies for received documents to any number from 1 to 10 Default 1 set Individual Receiving Line Setup Specify whether to configure the RX setting for each line Displays if 2 units of the Fax Kit FK 508 are installed
224. irection Binding Position Total of Pages Quick Memory TX Despeckle bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 1 Information Functions Available O Un available x with no HDD installed Note Communication Settings Overseas TX ECM OFF V 34 OFF Check Dest amp Send Line Setting E mail Setting URL Notification Setting Quick Memory TX Polling RX Timer TX Password TX Polling TX F Code TX E Mail Encryption Digital Signature Fax Header Settings User Settings Functions Available O Un available x with no HDD installed Note Custom Display Settings Default Tab Program Default Address Book Index Default Shortcut Key 1 Shortcut Key 2 Default Address Book Default Address Type TX Display RX Display Search Option Settings Scan Fax Settings JPEG Compression Level Black Compression Level TWAIN Lock Time Default Scan Fax Settings Compact PDF XPS Compression Level Color TIFF Type Graphic Outlining bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 1 Information Administrator Mode Functions Available O Un Note available x with no HDD installed Sys
225. is enabled also enter the account name and password e To select a user name from a list click User List e If External Server Authentication is enabled select a server e To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator Administrator User Modell and enter the administrator password D If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and a user enters an incorrect password the specified number of times that user will be locked out and will no longer be able to use the machine Contact your administrator to cancel operation restrictions e User List is available only when User Name List is set to ON For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 10 11 2 Logging in and logging out 1 1 Logging in to administrator mode To configure the system or network setting log in to the administrator mode 1 Select Administrator and then click Login SR JEE Web Connection KONICA MINOLTA Language os Language OS Language v Login Public User rz Administrator View Mode C Flash HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form janet wm JA User Assist Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data amManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only
226. iscarded and not printed When the sender is a Konica Minolta model and JPEG Color or JPEG Grayscale is selected for the recipient machine capable of receiving data the data is discarded and not printed Receiving E mails automatically The machine automatically checks the POP server for new E mail messages at a predetermined time interval Reference D The interval for checking E mail can be set from 1 to 60 minutes For details on setting this function refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator e It is set at 15 minutes by factory default Receiving E mails manually Press a button of this machine to check for E mail messages to the POP server Press Receive I Fax in the Fax Scan mode screen f Select desired destinations Fax can be sent at any time using keypad A Far mo IF M mME Mail ME Mail CET CT mea EN nn User Box eFax E Osaka Nagoya bm fax1 i i H weppay Ez Ador amp l Fax i EES pe fax1 ifax1 E U l Check Job West Status Group Scan Settings Job Details _ 12 23 2009 18 00 EE Toner Level wi Memory 100 Language Selection bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 4 6 4 Receiving IP 6 6 4 Receiving IP This machine prints data automatically upon reception of IP Address Fax Data is saved in the Memory RX User Box if Memory RX Setting is enabled in the Utility menu The saved documents can be printed as needed Bai Reference
227. isk is installed 8 1 2 Lists To print a list instruct the machine to print as needed List name Address Book List Description Print the details of the address book entries Group List The details of the group entries can be printed Program List The details of the program destination entries can be printed Job Settings List The details of the fax setting in the Utility mode can be printed E Mail Subject Text List Print the subjects and texts of the registered E mail message bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 2 Common lists 8 8 2 Common lists 8 2 1 Address Book List The list of the address book entries can be printed How to print 1 Select Address Book List from One Touch User Box Registration One Touch User Box Registra tion List in Administrator Settings specify the starting number the number of entries and the destina tion type and then press Print Specify the number of destinations you wish to print Cup to 100 Administrator Set gt One Touch User Box gt Address Book List List Output Number Print Destination List by Type Utility Erre TT Settings GE 100 1 User Box Reg RS Address Registration List ss 30 12 2009 19 19 Cancel Memory 100 If no Hard Disk is installed the following screen appears A Specify the number of destinations you wish to print Cup to 100 istrator Set gt One Touch User Bo
228. istration gt Group Search by number 1 50 Go Program Search from Index sl eo Temporary One Touch No Function Name S MIME Edit Delete gt Subject 1 Email Tokyo Edit Delete E 2 Email Osaka Edit Delete gt Prefix Suffix 3 Email Nagoya Edit Delete 4 Fax FAXD Edit Delete 5 SMB SMBI Edit Delete 6 WebDAV WebDAV Exit Delete 7 P IPFaxt Edit Delete e erg an Est Delete ax Description Address Book Enables you to check the address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Group Enables you to check the group address book registered in this machine or to reg ister and change an address Program Enables you to check the program address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Temporary One Touch Enables you to check the temporary program address book registered in this ma chine or to register and change an address Subject Registers up to 10 subjects when sending E mails Text Registers up to 10 body messages to be used when sending E mails Application Reg istration Registers application settings and server addresses when using the applications such as RightFax Server registered in the external server Registering applications and servers enables you to automatically connect to the server of the selected ap plication e Application
229. ition 1 1 DE 12 30 2009 17 21 Memory 100 Toner Level Ki Reference D Specifying Despeckle will drop the scanning speed e If the slit glass is too dirty clean it For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 57 5 12 Communication Settings 5 5 12 Communication Settings 5 12 1 Line Settings G3 With this function configure line settings for Fax TX Job List 7 Select the fax transmission conditions EE mmunication Settings gt Line Settings Check Dest amp Send Select Line Broadcast Destinations 1 Derete j Check Job Settings 1 12 30 2009 17 22 Toner Level ll Memory 100 Overseas TX Faxes are sent to locations with poor communication conditions at a lower baud rate This function cannot be used together with the following functions Polling TX H Polling RX H Bulletin board ECM OFF The Error Correction Mode ECM is turned off when sending data ECM is an error correction mode defined by ITU T International Telecommunication Union Telecommuni cation Standardization Sector Fax machines equipped with the ECM feature communicate with each other confirming that the data sent is free of errors Thus communication can be made free from disturbances due to line noises etc If noises frequently occur it may take a slightly long time to complete a communication compared with ECM OF
230. k fax ting This item is displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed Header Informa Registers sender information and fax number when sending data tion G3 Fax Print Specify whether to correct a received G3 fax according to the resolution Quality Settings e The low resolution means 200 dpi x 100 dpi 200 dpi x 200 dpi or 300 dpi x 300 dpi and the high resolution means 400 dpi x 400 dpi bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 30 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 1 1 11 5 10 Setting for each purpose For an item with multiple settings required configure them according to the instructions shown in the win dow The available setting items are as follows H Configure the settings for sending a scanned document H Configure the network print settings H Restrict users using this machine Bp emie 2 KT Ready to Scan 2 L Display To Main Menu Wizard wird The setup required for the selected workflow can be accomplished through the wizard Wizard The setup is performed according to the procedure outlined in the operation objective Setup is completed Please select a setting TX Setting for scan documents C Network print settings C Restrict users from using this device Next Reference D As the setting procedure proceeas its progress flow is displayed on the left H If setting is cancelled you will return to the Setting for each purpose screen after the items that were configured before cancellation h
231. l Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 21 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 4 5 Reservation Polling TX Report Printed automatically when a polling transmission is reserved when a document is saved in the Polling Trans mission User Box of this machine You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Timer Reservation TX Report in the Utility menu Reservation Polling TX Report P 1 01 04 2010 17 56 Serial No 1 45 Note Addressee Katz Start Time Prints Note or o4 17 56 Lon Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Tiner POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax 8 4 6 Broadcast Reserved Report Printed automatically when a sequential broadcast transmission is reserved You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Timer Reservation TX Report in the Utility menu Broadcast Reserved Report 01 04 2010 20 07 Serial No 1 53 Addressee eine Start Time Prints Note To 01 04 20 07 01 04 23 00 001 THR kyoto Office 01 04 20 07 01 04 23 00
232. lay TX Result Re G3 port is set to ON in Report Settings in the Utility menu Relay Request Report The result of relay RX is printed automatically if Relay Request Report is set G3 to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu PC Fax TX Error Report This report is printed automatically when an error occurs during PC Fax G3 transmission if PC Fax TX Error Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu Network Fax RX Error This report is printed when an error occurs during reception of network fax if Report Network Fax RX Error Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility I FAX IP menu Print MDN Message If MDN Message is set to ON in Report Settings in the Utility menu an I FAX MDN message is printed automatically when receiver respond to the send er s delivery confirmation request The acronym for Message Disposition Notifications Print DSN Message If DSN Message is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu a DSN I FAX message is printed automatically when sender receives the message send back from receiver s mail server upon reception of an E mail The acronym for Delivery Status Notifications Print E mail Message The text of the received E mail message is printed automatically if Print E Body mail Message Body is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu I FAX Reference D Network Fax function is available only when a Hard D
233. lows high compression performance by identifying the text and image regions and applying the resolution and compression method op timized for each region The compact PDF method can be selected in this machine when using the scanning function to digitalize documents Contrast The difference in intensity between the light and dark parts of the image light dark variation Low contrast indicates an image with little light dark variation while High contrast an image with large light dark variation CSV The acronym for Comma Separated Values which is one of the formats used for saving database or spreadsheet data as a text file The file extension is csv Data can be shared among different applications by being separated by commas as the delimiter Default An initial setting The settings selected in advance and enabled when the ma chine is turned on or the settings selected in advance and enabled when the function is activated Default Gateway A device such as a computer or router used as a gateway to access com puters on different LANs Density The amount of density of an image bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 6 Scanner Glossary 13 Term Description DHCP The acronym for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol used for a client com puter on the TCP IP network to load network configuration automatically from a server Just using a DHCP server to centrally manage IP addres
234. mail exceeds the SMTP server capacity if specified an error occurs and the E mail cannot be sent For details on the SMTP server capac ity settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Was the transmission procedure carried out correctly Check the transmission procedure and then resend the fax For details on the transmission procedure refer to page 5 2 Are the network settings and connection correct Check the network settings and connection For details on the network set tings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Is the E mail address of the machine configured Check the E mail address of the machine and configure it For details on con figuring the E mail address refer to the User s Guide Network Administra tor Are cables connected correctly Check that the network cable modular cable and any other relevant connec tors are correctly connected Is the recipient s fax number or address cor rect Were the address book destination and program destination reg istered correctly There may be an error in registering the fax number when address book des tination and program destination are used Print the list of address book destinations to check that the numbers are reg istered correctly Is there a problem with the receiving machine Is the power of the receiving facsimile turned off is it out of paper or is there another problem Call the recipie
235. me p 5 54 Separate Scan p 5 54 The annotation number function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed Original Settings The following settings can be configured with the Original Settings tab page 5 55 Job List E Specify the settings gt J original Settings ePisikar Broadcast Destinations Direction Settings No of Dest 000 Mixed Original 00 E Z Folded Original wid el Check Job Settings 12 29 2009 21 31 07 Toner Level kil Presa al First level Second level ES ei Z A Binding Position a ME Gei py Third level Fourth level Special Original Mixed Original p 5 55 Z Folded Original p 5 55 Long Original p 5 55 Direction Set Original Direction p 5 55 tings Binding Position p 5 56 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX p 5 56 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree 5 First level Second level Third level Fourth level Despeckle p 5 57 To use the Z fold original and long original functions the optional Reverse Automatic Document Feeder DF 621 is required Communication Settings The following settings can be configured with the Communication Settings tab page 5 58 Job List T Specify the settings Beso 000 Communication Settings z El Line Settings Settings 5 BRL ylegitic
236. ment e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original Result Displays the result of the operation Job Complete Deleted Due To Error Deleted by Us er Reset Modes TIL When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Deleted Jobs Finished Jobs All Jobs Switch to display each job type Comm List Displays the list of scanner and fax transmission sent received jobs You can print Activity Report TX Report and RX Report in respective list screens Detail Reference Press this button to check the job result error de tails registration source user name file name out put tray stored time and number of original pages for the selected job e When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed e The names of confidential documents are not displayed H To view received images you must set Job History Thumbnail Display to ON in Administrator Set tings in advance For details refer to page 10 12 lt Current Jobs of Save gt Item Description List items No Job identification n
237. ment gt Encryption gt Detail Settings Back Printing Allowed SRA BEnEr eaneeRe rer images Delete Allow Gheck Job Settings Toner Level kl sory e f High level is selected Job List Specify the encryption conditions Low Resolution Changes Allowed Press Forward in the Detail Settings screen to select the change allowable level in detail In Changes Allowed select the permission level for making changes to the document such as digital signature inputs and annotations e f Low level is selected Job List Specify the encryption conditions Changes Allowed Page layout filling in form Commenting filling in form fields fields and signing Si Any except extracting pages Toner Level el Memo e f High level is selected Job List Specify the encryption conditions Use Document gt Encryption gt Detail Settings Back A Allowed Inserting deleting and Commenting filling in form fields rotating pages and signing Filling in form fields and Any except extracting pages signing Delete Gheek Job Settings bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 41 5 10 Scan Settings Stamp Composition Press this button to select how to compose the contents to be added in Stamp Composition D What can be combined as text are date time page number and header footer H Stamps are combined as images A Select
238. ments are not displayed Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original Copies Displays the number of copies to be printed TU When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Delete Press this button to delete the selected job Increase Priority Press this button to change the priority of the job e Ifyou set Changing Job Priority in Administrator Settings to Restrict you cannot specify the output priority of the jobs e If the setting is specified so that the current print job can be interrupted printing is inter rupted and printing of the job given priority be gins Printing of the interrupted job restarts automatically once printing for the job given pri ority is finished Release Held Job Press this button to change the settings of a stored job or print or delete the job Check Job Set Press this button to check the settings of the se lected job Press either Back or Forward gt to check the settings Detail Reference Press this button to check the status the registra tion source user name document name output tray stored time number of original pages number of copies or external server information for the se lected job To delete a job press Delete e The external server information that is availa
239. meter Setting Job Setting 3 ON Line Monitor Sound baTtime Sena 00 A 10 Administrator bape MONAtor Sound 20 lume Receive A 01 07 2010 11 29 Memory 100 3 3 page Utility Settings Fax Settings Item Description Line Monitor Sound Set this item to ON to hear the line sound from a speaker during communi cation Line Monitor Sound Lev el TX Set the volume level of the speaker during data transmission in the range be tween 0 and 31 Default 10 Line Monitor Sound Lev el RX Set the volume level of the speaker during data reception in the range be tween 0 and 31 Default 20 Fax Settings TX RX Setting Configure the handling of files for polling TX operations and printing method for RX operations E Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt TX RX Settings Job Setting ON Letter Ledger over A4 A3 ON Print Paper Size Ball Incorrect User i Box No Entry Print Y a ES 01 07 2010 11 29 Memory 100 1 3 page Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings Item Description Duplex Print RX If Duplex Print RX is set to ON the original received is printed on both sides of the paper e f Print Separate Fax Pages is set to ON this key does not appear Letter Ledger over A4 A3 Specify ON to select letter or ledger paper for printing received documents priory to other paper size Print P
240. mputer de pending on the application bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 26 9 3 User Settings Item Description TWAIN Lock Time Specify the length of time until the machine operations are unlocked during scanning excluding push scanning Default 120 sec e Touse the machine as a scanner from an application using TWAIN install the KONICA MINOLTA TWAIN driver software designed for that pur pose For details refer to the TWAIN driver manual in the bizhub 423 363 283 223 series CD Default Scan Fax Set tings Configure the default settings settings selected when Reset is pressed for the Fax Scan mode screen 2 2 page Job List E Select job setting m ility gt User Settings gt Scan Fax Settings Job Setting Standard Utility High Quality y Color TIFF Type TIFFCTTNZ gt y 7 Graphic Outlining OFF aes High Compression 2 ES 01 06 2010 15 49 Memory 100 Item Description Compact PDF XPS Compression Level E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV Specify the compression level for saving data in the compact PDF or XPS for mat e High Quality Provides higher quality images but the data size becomes larger e Standard default Provides images of data size and quality of a mid lev el between High Quality and High Compression e High Compression Provides lower quality images but the data size be comes smaller Color TIFF Type E mail B
241. n TX Repor Bulletin TX Report Broadcast Result Report Relay Request Report Print E Mail Message Body DSN Message All Dest ON ON OFF PBE Connect ion Setti Item Setting PBX CN Mode Set No ax Pring Quality Settings Item Setting Low Resolution High Resolution Prioritize Speed bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 15 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX Fax Setting List P 2 12 30 2009 21 13 Serial No 1 38 Function ON OFF Setting Item Setting Item Setting Nunber Display Function OFF F Code TX ON Bgspisgfunce en OFF Relay RX ON Relay Print OFF Confirm Address TX OFF Confirm Address Reg gt OFF Forward TX Setting Item Setting Forward TX Setting No Forward condition VES bastara unregistration Dial In Settings Item Setting Item Setting Dial In Settings No R nber unregistration Dial Number unregistration PC Fax Number unregistration Remote RX Item Setting Remote RX No Memory RX Item Setting Memory RX No Closed Network RX Item Setting Closed Network RX No PC Fax RX Setting Item Setting Item Setting PC Fax RX Setting Restrict Bee Am HES Print After Receive KKK Password Check Teneo Item Setting Item Setting Incomplete TX Hold Tine 12 Hours TSI User Box Setting Iten Setting Zeg Seer TS User Box Automatically Print Fax Setting Li
242. n the width and length of the received document and printed accordingly If the optimal size paper is not load ed in the paper tray the document size is reduced to the near size paper Original Reduce the size to fit onto paper Received document The following describes the procedure to determine the optimal paper size and criteria for selecting the paper size Step 1 Select optimal paper size Determines the optimal paper size based on the width and length of the received document according to the following rule Width of re Print posi Length of received document ceived docu tion of recep ment tion information A4 width OFF or In 0 to 150 151 to 305 306 to 390 391 or more side Body Text Outside Body 0 to 141 142 to 296 297 to 381 382 or more Text Paper size to be selected 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 8 1 2 x 11 a 8 1 2 x 14 Ga 11x17 a W B4 width OFF or In 0 to 232 233 or more side Body Text Outside Body 0 to 223 224 or more Text Paper size to be selected 8 1 2 x 11 U 11x17 A3 width OFF or In 0 to 232 233 or more side Body Text Outside Body 0 to 223 224 or more Text Paper size to be selected 8 1 2 x 11 11x17 bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 8 Printing upon data reception Width of re Print posi Length of received document ceived docu tion of recep ment tion information A4 width OFF or
243. n 4 1 1 Delete 01 06 2010 15 35 Cancel Toner Level kil MA ioi Item Description Name Use the touch panel to enter the program name using up to 24 characters Address Allows you to select one destination Select a destination from Address Book or enter it directly e f Confirm Address Register is ON a screen for entering a fax number again appears after you specify a fax destination in the Direct Input tab and press OK Enter the fax number and then press OK e For details on the Confirm Address function refer to page 10 22 URL Notif Destination Allows you to specify the destination to be notified by E mail when a User Box in the main unit FTP SMB or WebDAV job has finished Select a desti nation from Address Book or enter it directly bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 20 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Check Program Settings Press this key to check the contents of a registered program After checking them press Close Job List T Select item you wish to check lt Check Scan Fax Program Settings Destinations Check Address Check Scan Settings Check Original Communication Rm cow 1 1 Delete 01 06 2010 15 36 Memory 100 MN Toner Level Ki Item Description Check Address Allows you to check the specified address Check Scan Settings Allows you to check the scan settings configured for the program Check Ori
244. n TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax OK Communication OK S 0K Stop Communication PW OFF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error DC Decode Error MDN MDN Response Error DSN DSN Response Error bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 13 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 8 3 4 Job Settings List Print the job settings list of this machine How to print gt Select Fax Settings Job Settings List in Administrator Settings and configure the Paper Tray and Simplex Duplex settings and then press Start Select Sall or 1147 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing Se YF Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Job Settings List Paper Tray Simplex Duplex 3 Sail D 12 30 2009 19 31 Cancel IR Start Memory 100 SS bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 14 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX Fax Setting List Reference H Public Personal and Group User Box functions and the network fax function are available only when a Hard Disk is installed Panel Initial Sett
245. n User Box a function that saves documents in the Public Personal or Group User Box Internet fax function or IP address fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 4 2 2 Group Multiple destination addresses can be grouped and registered as a Group This is convenient for sending data to multiple destinations simultaneously Reference e Up to 100 groups can be registered for Fax Scan function bizhub 423 363 283 223 4 5 4 3 Optional settings 4 4 3 Optional settings The following settings can be configured as necessary Fax Scan programs The destination and scan settings can be registered together as a single program This is convenient for fre quently scanning documents and sending data under the same conditions Use the touch panel of the ma chine to configure the settings Reference H Up to 400 or 200 H no Hard Disk is installed typical programs and up to 10 Temporary One Touch destinations can be registered QA Reference For details refer to page 9 20 Custom display Configure the settings of the screen that appears when Fax Scan in the control panel is pressed QA Reference For details refer to page 9 24 bizhub 423 363 283 223 4 6 4 4 Using the Web service 4 4 4 4 1 4 4 2 Using the Web service Allows you to command scan operations from the computer Windows Vista Server 2008 7 on the network and scan data for a purpose and send it to the compute
246. n hook state and the screen appears to select the recipient SO look Press Start to begin receiving Address Book Input ISA RO Job List Broadcast Destinations Enter Registered No 4a Scan Settings E 12 30 2009 01 16 Memory 100 Press Send select the recipient and press Start Reference H You can specify the destinations by directly entering them or selecting them from the address book Job History or programs bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 35 5 10 Scan Settings 5 5 10 Scan Settings Press Scan Settings to configure detailed scan settings 5 10 1 Original Type Select the original type based on the original contents The original type you can select are as follows Job List Select original type Bn 000 Scan Settings gt Original Type Broadcast Destinations Text Photo SS Printed Photo Photo D Dot Matrix Original Copied Paper Gheck Job Settings E 12 30 2009 01 17 Toner Level ll Memory 100 Text Original that consists of only text Text Photo Select for originals consisting of both text and photos halftones If you select Text Photo or Photo you can also specify the photo type Item Description Photo Paper Select for photos printed on photo paper Printed Photo Select for printed photos such as that in books or magazines Photo Original that consists of only photos halftone
247. n of the reception information reception time and recep tion number to be printed on a document received by this machine If you select OFF the reception information will not be printed bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 16 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 1 0 The following indicates where to print sender information or reception information e Inside Body Text The sender or receiving information is added so that it is overlaid on part of the orig inal image before the fax is being sent From MEPO1 To 123456789 05 25 2006 13 22 138 P 001 001 N Y H Outside Body Text The sender or receiving information is added to the outside of the original image area before the fax is being sent From MFPO1 To 123456789 05 25 2006 13 22 138 P 001 001 FAX D OFF The sender or receiving information is not added FAX The following indicate how sender information is printed ON The sender name destination fax number To xxxxx transmission start date and time transmis sion number and the number of pages are added as sender information Not displayed for North Amer ican or Hong Kong models From MFP01 To 123456789 05 25 2006 13 22 138 P 001 001 FAX bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 17 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 10 e OFF The sender name fax ID of this machine transmission start date and time transmission number and
248. n the address book using up to 24 characters E Mail Address Enter the E mail address of the destination via the touch panel RX Ability Destination Select the items for which the recipient machine can receive for compression type paper size and resolution Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled Reference e To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set H To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete e The Internet fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 9 2 10 Registering groups You can register one or more destinations as a group Up to 100 groups 00 99 can be registered for Fax Scan function Up to 500 one touch destinations can be registered in one group destination To register a group press New Job List Select item and enter setting No of Destinations 000 Utility gt Group gt New No e Utility One Touch serect crow User Box Reg Select Group 4 Registered
249. n the format of P Page Number Total pages Select Quick Memory TX and then press Total of Pages Quick Memory TX and enter the number of original pages using the keypad JobList Use the keypad to enter the total number of fax pages to be sent Original Settings gt Total of Pages Broadcast Destinations 2 1 Delete Check Job Settings 3 30 2009 17 20 Toner Level ll Memory 100 This function cannot be used together with the following functions Memory TX Cover 2 Sided Scan Settings Simplex Duplex Frame Erase Book Copy Scan Size Mixed Original Polling TX Polling RX Bulletin board Timer TX bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 56 5 11 Original Settings 5 Reference D If the specified number of pages does not match to that actually scanned the specified number of pag es is printed H This function is not available for memory transmission since the total number of pages are automati cally added 5 11 7 Despeckle Select to reduce the effect that dust on the slit glass has on images when the original is loaded into the ADF Job List SPecify the settings eI iginal Settings SEI Direction Settings E Broadcast Destinations a Original Direction TO menory TO m a A Z Folded Original ve Check Job Settings A Binding Pos
250. ncanceee 5 66 Image SE 5 42 E Mail SettiNgS een eege 5 59 RIA eege ci ENMGry tion ici 5 40 EIER E or 10 29 EE get Ee 19 20 O 3 3 Increase Priority ENEE 3 10 Enter Power Save Mode sscscccssssesesesessseeseecstseenens 10 14 es dee Eeer E Internet Fax csi cas 5 26 9 17 at sine Sa ei 5 25 9 9 10 14 Internet Fax Advanced Settings aaomaomomoomo 10 41 Fax Active Screen asea ane ate eian 9 25 Internet Fax Self RX Ability eee 10 40 Fax Board Power Save cecccccccccssccecececseceeeeeseceeeeseees 10 14 ale Die 3 3 Fax Header Selten 5 67 IP Address Fax coccincnnonnnnnnocinnocnniociniocinincariacanes 5 27 9 16 Fax Number ue 5 33 9 10 J A a E dale one bless lle ote 3 9 Fax Scan EE 3 3 EE 5 19 E eege cad a A EE 3 7 Fg Aer Ping en GS nnn 8 14 1081 DI EE 5 38 File Ee ee JPEG Compression Level eceeseeseeeeseereeeeees 9 26 AA A tonsa eas 5 38 Fine TUNE iia 5 50 5 51 L O P O NO 5 11 A a o a ee 3 12 3 14 Finished JODS occccccccccnccccnnnoonnnnnns 3 11 3 13 3 15 3 16 EE 3 12 3 14 EirstNaMe E E E iia 5 33 Last Nadia E EA 5 33 Footer POSIION oocoocconoocononnononnoncnnencnnencnnennnnennnnononnos 10 16 A O eva i eee 5 56 Footer Settings ue 5 52 Letter Ledger over A4 A3 scccsccssesstessteeeseesseeeees 10 19 FOrwa ll gg ee Re 3 14 Line Monitor Sound oot cceeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 19 10 32 Forward MRT EE 10 24 Line Monitor Sound Level RX coooococcccocncoccnconncanoos 10 19 Forward TX Setting ENEE 10 24 Lin
251. ne Touch User Box Reg Limiting access to Destinations Apply Levels Co destinations Specify group permitted to access destination or apply reference permission level to destination Utility gt Apply Levels to Destinations gt Group No Destination Tevel76roup Level 0 01 06 2010 Memory 15 41 100 Apply Level _ close _ Select a destination whose level you want to change and then press Apply Group or Apply Level to specify the level Utility One Touch User Box Reg Limiting access to Destinations APPly Level KE destinations Specify group permitted to access destination or apply reference permission level to destination 2 Utility gt Apply Levels to Destinations gt Program No Destination 0002 test2 Tevel76roup Level 0 01 06 2010 Memory 15 42 100 Apply Level bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 23 9 3 User Settings 9 3 User Settings 9 3 1 Displaying the User Settings screen To display the User Settings screen press the Utility Counter key on the control panel and then select User Settings from the Utility menu that appears Dele Job Details y Toner Level Ki Reference Meter Count 2 Utility Wes Status 1 CB Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection 2 User Settings 3 Administrator Settings ER Device Information 4 Check Consumable Life
252. neeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeaeeeesaneeeeneeeeeae 9 19 9 2 12 Registering an E mail setting text E mail FAN nn nnnr coran cnn nar anernns 9 19 9 2 13 Registering a scan fax progra cconicccconicncnnccnn cnn 9 20 Regist ring rele EE 9 20 Check Progrant Settings iin dek ue AAA a Dl a deed Ee 9 21 NEE 9 21 9 2 14 Create User Box Confidential User Box IG 9 22 9 2 15 Create User Box Bulletin Board User Box G31 nennen 9 22 9 2 16 Create User Box Relay User Box G3 e 9 22 9 2 17 Limiting Access to Destinations Apply Levels Groups to Destinations ccceeeeeteeeeeeeeees 9 22 ele 9 22 EU e dl e ed O o o 9 23 Wee TE DE 9 23 9 3 User Stings ii is 9 24 9 3 1 Displaying the User Settings screen 9 24 9 3 2 Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Gettings AAA 9 24 9 3 3 Custom Display Settings Fax Active Screen G3 IDIEANT 9 25 9 3 4 Custom Display Settings Search Option Gettinge AA 9 26 9 3 5 Scan Fax SONGS s 5 sence enana aeaaeae en Aaaa aeaaea Aa aeaaea ia paa hapana Taane Aana ANENA AREA seasnsanaidetevsaeaiaetiepaae 9 26 bizhub 423 363 283 223 Contents 7 10 1 Configuration before USE 0 a add 10 2 10 1 1 aate U A tt leet elle atado 10 2 10 1 2 User BOK irre en da e 10 2 10 1 3 MB add 10 2 10 1 4 A NT 10 2 10 1 5 EE 10 2 10 1 6 A T T 10 3 10 1 7 IP Address EE 10 3 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator Mode oommmccnnnnncninncnnnccninnac nn 10 4 10 2 1 S stem Settings EE 10 4 10 2 2 FAX Settings E 10 5 10 2 3
253. net Internet 4 SMTP server 5 POP server 6 Receive Internet Fax bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 16 2 2 Overview 2 IP Address Fax IP Address Fax means FAX that is available on the IP network To send scanned data specify any of the IP address host name or E mail address of the recipient This machine can also receive documents via IP Address Fax and print them in black and white IP Address Fax is different from G3 fax or Internet Fax in the following aspects H To send and receive image data use the SMTP protocol D This function is available via the intranet in house network only D It does not require a mail server as is required by Internet Fax D Provide fax transmission in color gray scale and black and white Reference H Received documents may not be printed depending on settings on the sender side For details refer to page 6 5 1 Intranet 2 Send 3 Receive bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 17 3 Control Panel Liquid Crystal Display 3 1 Control panel Control Panel Liquid Crystal Display This section explains the functions of the control panel and liquid crystal display touch panel used to operate this machine
254. nge the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete 9 2 3 Address Book User Box Register destinations at which to save documents in a User Box To register a new destination press New To register a destination at which to save documents in a User Box the User Box must be registered in ad vance For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Job List E Registered number is automatically applied by touching 0K To specify a registered number touch the No button Create One Touch Destination 01 06 2010 15 23 Cancel Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 8 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters User Box Select one User Box you want to save the destination in Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the op
255. ngs for Timer Reservation TX Report Specify whether to output the report Confidential Rx Report Configure the output settings for Confidential RX Report Specify whether to output the report bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 29 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 10 2 3 page Utility Settings Fax Settings Item Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Sas ON E OF ee Relay Request Report OFF PC Fax TX Error Report F Broadcast Result Report All Destinations gt y 01 07 2010 11 48 Memory 100 Description Bulletin TX Report Configure the output settings for Bulletin TX Report Specify whether to out put the report Relay TX Result Report Configure the output settings for Relay TX Result Report Specify whether to output the report Relay Request Report Configure the output settings for Relay Request Report Specify whether to output the report PC Fax TX Error Report Configure the output settings for PC Fax TX Error Report Specify whether to output the report Broadcast Result Re port 3 3 page etti Item Utility D N Adninistrator Settings MDN Message N F Configure the output settings for Broadcast Result Report Select a way to output the report e With 1 Dest at a time selected a broadcast result report is output only when a transmission still fails after a re
256. nication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt F Code TX No 2 E 0 9 E Password Delete Se j Toner Level Kl Reie Reference D To use the F Code for transmission the remote machine must support the F Code function 5 12 5 E Mail Encryption E mail This item is displayed when S MIME Communication Settings is set to ON in Administrator Settings Net work Settings E Mail Settings Specify whether to encrypt E mails to be sent from this machine EQ Reference For details on the S MIME Communication Settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 5 12 6 Digital Signature E mail This item is displayed when S MIME Communication Settings is set to ON in Administrator Settings Net work Settings E Mail Settings Select whether to add a digital signature to E mails to be sent from this machine Reference e You may not be able to add a digital signature or you may be forced to add a digital signature depend ing on the S MIME communication settings Bai Reference For details on the S MIME Communication Settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 66 5 12 Communication Settings 5 12 7 Fax Header Settings G3 IP I FAX Specify whether to attach sender information TTI when sending documents Select the sender name from the sender name list Reference op ist The fax header can be changed Job List to a setting other than the default
257. nnection cmooccccocccnnnancnnannnnnno 11 2 Image adjustment AAA 5 45 5 46 Original direction oo eeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeneeeeneeees 5 55 Incomplete TX hold AN 10 25 Original direction setting display esee 10 12 le A A 5 22 Original settings coconconnnncccnnocncnnananinanananaranana ne 3 18 5 55 A sabe denetseacherdeacecenssenendesbteats 11 18 Original TYPO ease iascsetiseccceesecnaasecasactipiaseaciacatagansidantaseens 5 36 In Memory Proxy reception oe eeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeesneeeeneeees 6 6 Outline PDF iaa ltda 5 42 O deeg SNE geet 2 16 A A ee ege SEENEN 5 58 Internet fax advanced settings A 10 41 Internet fax RX error report i ncccnccccocnniccnnoncnancnnanananas 8 27 i f Internet fax self RX ability cocinan 10 40 GE SE SEN E Sie el 5 27 Page NUMBER ccoo 5 50 IP address TT 2 17 PageScope Web A oad 11 2 J PassWord eut CeedeNE de eel 5 28 5 29 5 30 DD tios dad 11 19 Password COPY ENEE 10 12 JOD ist Lat Eet 5 32 Password transmission ENEE 5 64 JS coa irc r 3 8 PBX connection setting momen 10 28 Job settings list oocnnnnanininnnnninicnncncnnannnons 8 14 10 31 POETA aiii 7 4 PC fax RX settings cooooocccccccnocccccccononncccnnnnnnancccnnnnnnnns 10 26 L PC fax TX error report ccccococcccccnnoonccncnnnnnnncccnnnnannnnnnns 8 26 Left panel EE S 7 POMO vecessesesecsssessseessseessesssesesseesseessveersverseeesneeneeenseee 2 15 ce SES P SC 099 PM RX o 7 9 pply leve u INALIONS ooeec GEN e One 40a an k a Se dE a Line S ttiNGS ve
258. ns 9 2 17 Limiting Access to Destinations Apply Levels Groups to Destinations Apply a reference permission level to a destination Log in as a user with the level that you want to apply and then change the level of the destination Reference The initial level for a newly created destination is 0 D You cannot apply a group or a level higher than the level of the user you are logged in with To apply a group you must register in Administrator Settings the destinations to be added to the group in advance For details on the reference allowed groups refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Address Book Select a destination whose level you want to change and then press Apply Group or Apply Level to specify the level Specify group permitted to access destination E or apply reference permission level to destination pls te i t 5h Alphabet No Destination Tevel76roup 0001 Tokyo Level 0 12 t One Touch User Box Reg 0003 Nagoya Level 0 y 0004 baut Level 0 al 0005 fax Laelio 0006 WebDAY1 Level 0 0007 ip fax1 Level 0 Apply Levels ee destinations Apply Level 01 06 2010 15 40 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 22 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration Group Select a destination whose level you want to change and then press Apply Group or Apply Level to specify the level Program Utility O
259. nt or otherwise to determine whether there is a problem Reference e Even if the transmission result screen or the result area of an activity report indicates due to a problem in an Internet pathway the E Mail message may not be delivered to the recipient dis played in the TX Result or Activity Report indicates that the fax has been successfully sent to the server If the machine receives a message disposition notification MDN OK appears in the transmission re sult screen or the result column of an activity report Use G3 Fax to receive important contents bizhub 423 363 283 223 12 3 12 2 Cannot receive faxes 1 2 12 2 Cannot receive faxes When a fax cannot be received try to correct problems by referring to the table below If a fax reception error persists please contact your service representative an Reference fyou are unable to send a fax the TX Result Report is output For details refer to page 8 13 When printing the TX Result Report is enabled For details on error messages Refer to page 12 6 For problems such as jamming of originals paper jams poor image quality or exhausted toner refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 12 2 1 G3 Fax Description of Check points Corrective Actions problem Cannot receive Is paper in the If the add paper icon is lit the machine is out of paper and re faxes machine ceived documents are stored in memory Add paper Fo
260. o access PageScope Web Connection If User Authentication is enabled enter the user name and password For details refer to page 11 10 For details on setting the IP address of this machine refer to User s Guide Network Administrator PageScope Web Connection has two view modes Flash and HTML For details refer to page 11 8 SS SS Start the Web browser N Enter the IP address of the machine in the URL field and then press Enter http lt IP address of the machine gt Example When the IP address of this machine is 192 168 1 20 e http 192 168 1 20 When IPv6 is set to ON while a browser other than Internet Explorer 6 is used Enter the IPv6 address enclosed in brackets to access PageScope Web Connection http IPv6 address of this machine Example When the IPv6 address of this machine is fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f16 e http fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f16 e If IPv6 is set to ON while Internet Explorer is used add fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f IPv6_MFP_1 to the hosts file in advance and specify the address with the domain name The main menu or login page appears bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 2 11 1 Using PageScope Web Connection 1 1 11 13 Cache function of Web browser The Web browser has the cache function therefore the latest information may not be shown in the page dis played using PageScope Web Connection Using the cache function may result in an operation failure When using PageScope Web Conn
261. o check the registration source user name file name destination type destination stored time transmission number of original pages and external server information for the selected job To delete a job press Delete e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication e TWAIN appears for the job that is sent via Web service e Communication is displayed only when the destination is a fax Internet fax or IP address fax D When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed e The names of confidential documents are not displayed The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box Internet fax function and IP address fax function are available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 2 Touch panel lt Job History of Send gt Displays the history of the jobs sent by fax or scan The job that is transferred or relayed to another device upon reception of fax data also appears in the Job History of Send Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued Address Type Displa
262. o page 10 22 e For details on the LDAP server setting refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator ting e The display position for each tab varies depending on the User Settings For details refer to page 9 24 LDAP set bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 5 Address Book 5 5 Address Book Allows you to select a registered address Select desired destinationts A MFax can be sent at any time using keypad Check Job Se E ee d ect Input Job History Se Of f Hook Nare Status Tun pors Tu Jee etc mE Mail mME Mail E Mail User Box stay Tokyo Osaka N box1 fi lagoya GA WebDAV fhet amp 1 Fax WebDAVI ip fax1 ifax1 Group Search 4 Delete Job Details EME ERES EAS A8 12 23 2009 18 00 Toner Level vl Reie pets Language Selection Me Scan to Me If User Authentication is selected the Me address is displayed in Address Book Pressing the displayed Me address allows you to easily send scan data to your E mail address E mail address of user registration information Select desired destination s AA Fax Can be sent at any time using keypad Check Job A E Direct Input Job History Search Of f Hook Hane Status az etc ME Mail ME Mail ME Mail User Box i 1 D Tokyo Osaka Nagoya box WebDAV bad 2 adan amp I Fax WebDAVI ip fax1 ifax1 Group I Search c ores L 1 Son Settings ER Original zettuge Eesen Fe Toner Level Ki Pre Language Selec
263. o w aoe EZ Osaka admin test local i 3 EX Nagoya dr eg Body data sending Settings y Toner Level Ki bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 19 i Registering the basic information 4 1 To begin operation Registering the basic information 4 4 1 4 1 1 This section explains the necessary settings and registrations before using the fax and scan functions of this machine To begin operation The following registrations are required in order to use this machine Environment and device requirements The following environment and devices must be prepared to use various functions of this machine Functions Environment and device Network scan function Connection of network cable Network settings G3 fax function Installation of the optional Fax Kit FK 508 Connection of modular cable Network fax function Internet Fax Installation of a Hard Disk Connection of network cable Network settings IP Address Fax Installation of a Hard Disk Installation of the optional Fax Kit FK 508 Connection of network cable Network settings bizhub 423 363 283 223 4 1 To begin operation 4 4 1 2 Connection and settings of network cable To use the function of this machine that sends image data over the network such as the Network Scan and Network Fax functions connection and settings of the network cable are required Connection of network cable Connect a UTP
264. ode This function cannot be used together with the following functions e Polling TX e Polling RX e Bulletin board registration e Bulletin board polling reception e Password TX To perform relay distribution This machine can serve as a relay instruction station and relay distribution station To use this machine as a relay instruction station for sending fax data refer to page 7 8 To use this machine as a relay distribution station the Relay User Box for saving documents for relay distri bution and the destinations must be registered to this machine To specify a group of destinations the group must first be registered QQ Reference For details on registering the Relay User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations bizhub 423 363 283 223 7 7 7 6 Relay distribution G3 C7 7 6 3 Sending fax to the relay distribution station Select F Code TX in Communication Settings Communication Method Settings and configure the fol lowing settings i Q Select SUB Address or password and enter Job List using the keypad Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt F Code TX Broadcast Destinations SUB Address Password Delete Check Job Settings 18 56 SUB Address Enter the Relay User Box number of the relay distribution station using the keypad Password Enter the relay
265. on or Account Track setting in this machine To en able authentication configure the number of assigned counters or the When Number of Jobs Reach Maximum setting User Authentica tion Setting When enabling User Authentication register the target user or configure user set ting Account Track When enabling Account Track register and edit the target account Settings External Server When enabling external server authentication register the external server Settings Public User Box Specify the upper limit of the number of User Boxes Setting This item is displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed Scan to Home Settings Configure the setting to send a file to the Home folder Scan to Author ized Folder Set tings Configure settings to restrict manual transmission destinations bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 25 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 1 1 11 5 5 Network Item Qe Administrator Logout 2 Se Ready to Scan Es K i Gem To Main Menu Y TCP IP Setting TCP IP Setting gt TCP IP Setting is reflected after reset IP Filtering TCP IP ON ei gt IPsec Turn the main switch OFF and then ON when changing settings E mail Setting Network Speed Auto IO0M 100Mbps Y ENEE IP Address Setting Method Auto Setting Y gt IPP Setting e SC FTP Setting M ARPIPING gt SNMP Setting E AutolP E Subnet Mask Web Service Settings IP Addre
266. onnection KONICA MINOLTA Language OS Language OS Language sl Login amp Public User Administrator View Mode Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form ZZ wen A User Assist M Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data amManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 9 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 Logging in as a registered user Specify the registered user name and password to log in when User Authentication is enabled in this ma chine gt Inthe login page enter the user name and the password and click Login E PAGE score Web Connection KONICA MINOLTA Language OS Language OS Language v Login Public User Registered User User Name Password Administrator View Mode Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form pete d User Assist Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data lt ZManage Stamp Data aManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments Reference e If Account Track
267. onts gt f Fax can be sent at any time using keypad OFf Hook Broadcast Destinations Spe Address Last PE0001 tokyo abcd local 2 PBO004 User Box 000000001 Ppooo Ender Pe WebDAV Ploco8 I Fax Delete Check Job EE A Scan Settings Settings j E 12 29 2009 16 37 m oer Level d E Memory 100 Language Selection The previously sent destination history remains Press one or multiple addresses from the history list Reference D If you use a Web service for sending the address is not displayed in the history Name When you use the address book for sending Name is displayed in the job history If you press Name Dest in the job history changes to Name and the registered name appears bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 32 5 8 Address Search 5 8 Address Search 5 8 1 Search Enter a search keyword and press Start Search to search for matching address in the specified LDAP server Ster keyword using the keyboard or keypad No of 000 Press C to clear your entry completely ress Search LDAP gt Search gt ES ES E Shift 12 30 2009 Memory 5 8 2 Advanced Search Specify multiple search criteria to search for the desired address i Type in a keyword and select Job List desired conditions LDAP Search gt Advanced Search l
268. or Full Color or Gray Scale is selected for the color setting TIFF Profile C This machine discards data and does not print it Black is selected for the color setting TIFF MH MR MMR This machine prints data in black and white If the destination machine type is set to Monochrome Full Color Black or Gray Scale is selected for the color setting TIFF MH MR MMR This machine prints data in black and white bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 42 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 10 5 14 Security Settings Security Details Manual Destination Input Bai Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Restrict Fax TX QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 33 Hide Personal Information QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Display Activity Log Bai Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Initialize AR Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Job History Thumbnail Display Bai Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Copy Guard Bai Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Password Copy QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 43 1 1 PageScope Web Connection 11 1 Using PageScope Web Connection 1 1 E jj 11 11 1 11 1 1 11 1 2 PageScope Web Connection This chapter e
269. or DSN DSN Response Error 8 4 2 Polling RX Report Printed automatically when a polling document is received You can select ON If TX Fails or OFF from TX Result Report in the Utility menu Polling RX Report Pp 1 01 04 2010 19 55 Serial No 1 47 Addressee start Time Tine Prints Result Note fax1 01 04 19 55 00 00 00 0007000 NG POL Note Result L1 Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax OK Communication OK S OK Stop Communication PW 0FF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error DC Decode Error MDN MDN Response Error DSN DSN Response Error bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 20 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 4 3 Sequential Polling RX Report The result of polling reception to multiple destinations is printed automatically You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Sequential TX Report in the Utility menu Sequential Polling RX Report Pod 01 04
270. orning will reduce the cost Use the keypad to specify the communication starting time i Use the keypad to enter the transmission No of 000 lob List start tine Dest Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Timer TX Broadcast Destinations Current Time 17 32 12 30 2009 17 32 Memory 100 Reference e It is specified in hours and minutes e You cannot specify the date Password transmission Password TX This function sends documents with a password If the recipient s fax machine is set to closed network re ception the sender s fax machine should transmit the same password as used for the closed network recep tion You can use this function only when the remote machine is our model and supports the closed network re ception with password function Use the keypad to enter the password Use the keypad to type in the password EE to be applied to the fax transmission Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Password TX Broadcast Destinations Delete 12 30 2009 17 32 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 64 5 12 Communication Settings EH Polling TX Normal Used to save documents to be transmitted through reserved polling transmission based on a receiver
271. ous injury A CAUTION D This symbol indicates that negligence of the instructions may lead to mishandling that may cause injury or property damage NOTICE This symbol indicates a risk that may result in damage to this machine or documents Follow the instructions to avoid property damage Procedural instruction W This check mark indicates an option that is required in order to use conditions or functions that are pre requisite for a procedure 1 This format number 1 represents the first step 2 This format number represents the order of serial steps gt This symbol indicates a supplementary explanation of a pro The operation cedural instruction procedures are described using illustrations gt This symbol indicates transition of the control panel to access a desired menu item OS Copies ob tists Ready to copy i Basic original Setting Application ent A 100 0 Text Enhancem LRRRRERDDDD Text Photo y Photo a Dot Matrix Original Bi Copied Paper E E 01 08 2010 11 21 Toner Level vl Pres 100 This symbol indicates a desired page bizhub 423 363 283 223 1 4 1 2 Conventions used in this manual 1 Bai Reference This symbol indicates a reference View the reference as required Key symbols Key names on the touch panel or computer screen or a name of user s guide are indicated by these brackets Bold text This presents a key nam
272. ox SMB FTP WebDAV Select the compression level used for saving TIFF format data in color If you cannot open data saved with TIFF modified TAG selected change your se lection to TIFF TTN2 default Graphic Outlining E mail Box SMB This function enables you to specify the accuracy of outline processing when creating an outline PDF FTP WebDAV Scanned document data is separated into text and image and image is sub jected to outline processing Specify the level of outline processing from OFF to HIGH The outlining level becomes higher in the order of LOW MIDDLE and HIGH If OFF is specified the image will not be outlined bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 27 1 0 Administrator Mode Settings 10 1 Configuration before use 1 0 10 Administrator Mode Settings Configure Fax Scan settings in the Administrator mode 10 1 Configuration before use 10 1 1 E mail Before using E mail transmission or Internet Fax configure the following items This section introduces basic items Also refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator for details e The E mail address of the administrator e TCP IP Setting E Mail TX SMTP QA Reference For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 10 1 2 User Box Before saving data in User Boxes configure the following items For details on saving data in a User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations H Create User Box
273. p User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed The Confidential RX User Box is not available when a Hard Disk is installed e If a Hard Disk is installed Confidential RX can be enabled when the Confidential RX function is added to the Public Personal Group User Box For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations QA Reference For details on System User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operationsj lt Job History of Save gt A list of the documents saved in the User Box The job that is received with the memory reception or confidential reception functions also appears in the Job History of Save Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Document Name The name of the saved docu ment e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Not displayed when no Hard Disk is installed Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original Result Displays the result of the operation Job Complete Deleted Due To Error Deleted by Us er Reset Modes TIL When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other job
274. page Job List pecify index according to name _ Destination Address Book Public we 01 06 2010 15 28 Memory 100 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2000 or between 1 and 1000 if no Hard Disk is installed Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 13 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Item Description Host Address Enter the host name IPv4 address or IPv6 address as the host address for the destination server The host name must be less than 63 characters in length e If you enter a host name and then select to enter an IP address the host name is cleared e If you enter the IP address and then press Input Host Name the IP ad dress is saved and displayed in the input screen e Before entering the host name check that the DNS settings are correctly specified For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator File Path Enter the destination file path for saving data via the touch panel up to 127 bytes User ID Enter the user ID for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 63 bytes Password Enter the password for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 63 characters anonymous
275. password bizhub 423 363 283 223 7 8 7 7 Polling TX RX G3 7 7 7 Polling TX RX G3 7 7 1 Polling TX A function to save documents in the internal hard disk to send it based on a receiver s polling instruction If no Hard Disk is installed data is saved in the internal memory SSD Solid State Drive installed in this ma chine For details on saving documents in the Polling Transmission User Box refer to page 5 65 D When a document is specified for polling transmission it is saved in the Polling Transmission User Box in the System User Box Only one document can be saved in the Polling Transmission User Box The saved document is specified for memory transmission automatically This function cannot be used together with the following functions e Quick Memory TX e Total of Pages Quick Memory TX e Polling RX e Timer TX H Overseas TX e ECM OFF e F Code TX e Password TX e V 34 OFF e Bulletin board registration e Bulletin board polling reception 7 7 2 Polling RX A function available on the receiver s side to request a sender to send saved documents or documents to be transmitted through polling reservation in the sender s machine This is convenient when communication costs are to be borne by the receiver For details on Polling RX refer to page 5 63 This function cannot be used together with the following functions Quick Memory TX Frame Erase Scan Size Total of Pages Quick Memory TX Mixed Original Z Folded Ori
276. port in the Utility menu Sequence Polling Rx Reserved Report P 1 01 04 2010 20 12 Serial No 1 59 Addressee eugace Start Time Prints 01 04 20 12 01 04 23 00 000 01 04 20 12 01 04 23 00 000 Note L1 Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 23 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 4 9 Confidential Rx Report Printed automatically when a confidential document is received You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Confidential Rx Report in the Utility menu Confidential Ax Report P 1 01 04 2010 20 20 Serial No 1 63 Addressee Start Time Time Prints Resultl Note 222333444555 01 04 20 20 00 00 02 001 001 OK l L1 MBX BoxNo 6 Note Result L1 Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR Ip Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax OK Communica
277. port ON Die ON ES ES 01 07 2010 11 47 Memory 100 Description Activity Report Configure output settings for Activity Report To output the re port configure the following settings Output Setting Specify the time when the report is to be output Daily Outputs the report every day at a certain time Every 100 Comm Outputs the report for every 100 commu nication jobs 100 Daily Outputs the latest 100 communication jobs every day at a certain time tings Output Time Set Allows you to specify this item if Daily or 100 Daily is select ed for Output Settings Specify the time when to output the re port Remark Column Specify the type of information printed in the remarks column Print Setup of activity reports Remark Column Print Setup is displayed if user authentica tion or account track is enabled for this machine Normal Printing The line status or sending setting will be printed For details refer to page 8 11 User Name Printing The user name for user authentication will be printed Account Name Printing The account name for account track will be printed TX Result Report Configure the output settings for TX Result Report Select out put conditions Sequential TX Report Configure the output settings for Sequential TX Report Spec ify whether to output the report Timer Reservation TX Report Configure the output setti
278. port information such as contact name corporate URL or online man port Information ual URL of this machine To display this information select Information Online Assistance Network TWAIN Specify the time to release the operation lock when scanning excluding push scan ning User Box Setting Define the User Box functions such as deleting an unnecessary User Box or speci fying the document deletion time If necessary configure settings to enable saving or reading a document in or from the external memory Stamp Settings Register a header or footer In addition in Fax TX Settings specify whether to can cel the stamp setting for fax transmission Blank Page Print Settings Specify whether to print contents configured in Stamp Composition on blank pag es bizhub 423 363 283 223 11 23 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 11 Item Description Skip Job Opera tion Settings Specify whether to skip a job Flash Display Setting Specify whether to allow or restrict the flash display System Connec tion Setting Configure the automatic setting of Prefix Suffix or the setting for printing data in a cellular phone In Application Connection Setting specify whether to cancel a connection from this machine to PageScope My Panel Manager Display Setting Select the display mode in the administrator mode from Tab Function Display or Li
279. problem in an Internet pathway the E Mail message may not be delivered to the recipient indi cates that the E mail message was successfully delivered to the server If the machine receives a mes sage disposition notification MDN OK appears in the transmission result screen or the result column of an activity report To send or receive important data use the G3 fax function Bai Reference For details on Network Fax Function Settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Notes on using IP Address Fax The following describes the precautions for using the IP Address Fax D To use the IP Address Fax function ask your service representative to configure settings For details contact your service representative e To use the IP Address Fax function the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is required An extension line cannot be used for the IP Address Fax function bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 8 2 1 Information 2 1 3 User authentication To use this machine some devices have been preset so that you must enter an account or user name and a password For details on the account or user name available for using the devices contact your administra tor Reference H If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and a user enters an incorrect password the specified number of times that user will be locked out and will no longer be able to use the machine For details
280. procedure refer to page 10 24 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 36 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 10 5 11 Fax Settings Report Settings Activity Report EQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 29 TX Result Report EQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 29 Sequential TX Report EQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 29 Broadcast Result Report ER Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 29 TX Result Report Check EQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 29 Network Fax RX Error Report Configure the output settings for the Network Fax RX Error Report Specify whether to output the body Select job setting Job Setting rear report Get A Utility Network Fax Rx Error Revort REECH E OFF Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 56 Memory Wo bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 37 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 MDN Message I FAX Configure the output settings for MDN messages in Network Fax Specify whether to output the body Select job setting Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Job Setting TX Result Report Check OFF Network Fax RX Error Report ON Utility Administrator OFF Settings DSN Message OFF 01 07 2010 11 57 Memory 100 Fax Settings DSN Message I FAX Configure the output settings for DSN messages in Network Fax Specify whether to outp
281. r USB The acronym for Universal Serial Bus This is a general purpose interface de fined for connecting a mouse printer and other devices with a computer Web browser Software used to view Web pages Typical Web browsers include Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator WINS The acronym for Windows Internet Naming Service This is a service availa ble in Windows environments to call the name server responsible for conver sion between a computer name and an IP address Zone A name used for an AppleTalk network Zone is used to group multiple de vices on the AppleTalk network bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 10 13 4 Internet Fax Glossary 13 13 4 Internet Fax Glossary This section describes the general terms used in the Internet fax communications Term Description DSN The acronym for Delivery Status Notifications a delivery status notification message being returned from a receiver to a sender when the E mail is de livered to the receiver s mail server Internet Fax A transmission method by which the scanned original data is transmitted among Internet fax machines and computers as TIFF format E mail attach ments via the intranet in house network and the Internet MDN The acronym for Message Disposition Notifications a message sent to confirm that the mail has been unsealed a response to a sender when the sender requests for doing so POP3 The acronym for Post Offic
282. r DSN DSN Response Error bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 24 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 4 11 Relay TX Result Report This report is printed automatically upon transmission of a document to the relay distribution destination when this machine functioned as the relay distribution station You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Relay TX Result Report in the Utility menu Relay TX Result P 1 Report 01 05 2010 17 25 1 Serial No 66 Addressee Start Tine Tine Prints Result Note fax1 Result Kyoto Office fax2 Note 01 05 17 24 00 00 04 001 001 L2 RLY BoxNo 4 01 05 17 25 00 00 04 001 001 L1 RLY BoxNo 4 01 05 17 25 00 00 05 001 001 L2 RLY BoxNo 4 Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax OK Communication OK S OK Stop Communication PW OFF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error DC Decode Error MDN MDN Response Error DSN DSN Response Error 8 4 12
283. r The following explains the presetting required for the computer Settings required to use the Web service The following settings are required to use the Web service H Installing the driver program of this machine to a computer H Configuring settings to use the Web service on this machine Reference H The Web service settings on this machine are configured in Administrator Settings For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the driver program of this machine to a computer Check before installation Before installing the driver program make sure Network discovery is turned on in Control Panel Network and Sharing Center a s COTE Network and Intemet Network and Sharing Center A lt TESTI Internet This computer E Network Private network Customize Diagnose and repair Access Local only Connection Local Area Connection View status B Sharing and Discovery Network discovery On a When network discovery is on this computer can see other network computers and devices and is visible to other network computers What is network discovery Turn on network discovery Tum off network discovery Workgroup WORKGROUP Change settings Network discovery is faster if all computers are in the same workgroup See also File sharing o Off Internet Options Public folder sharing o Off I s Windows Firewall Printer sharing Off no printe
284. r the procedure for adding paper refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Is paper jammed In case of a paper jam received documents are stored in in the machine memory Remove the jammed paper For the procedure for correcting paper jams refer to the Us er s Guide Copy Operations Is the machine No fax can be received if the toner is exhausted out of toner Replace the toner cartridge For the procedure for replacing the toner cartridges refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Is the Receive If Receive Mode in the Utility menu is set to Manual RX it is Mode set to Man necessary to perform the reception procedure manually Per ual RX form the manual reception procedure by referring to page 6 3 Is the telephone Is the telephone line disconnected Check the telephone cord line correctly con for connection and if unplugged plug it securely nected Is Closed Net If Closed Network RX is enabled the machine accepts faxes work RX ena sent from specific recipients For details contact your admin bled istrator Has a wrong SUB If a wrong sub address is received with the Confidential or Re been sent in F lay User Box set a communication error may occur causing code from the failed reception Check the sender side to see if the sub ad sender side dress is set No printout pro Is PC Fax RX en Check the User Box used by the PC Fax RX function to save duced abled data Is TSI Distribution Check the User Bo
285. ration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination Host Address Registered PC address File Path Registered file path User ID Registered user ID Password Registered password The password is indicated by Proxy Whether to use a proxy server or not is displayed SSL Settings Whether to use SSL or not is displayed Port Number Registered port number Apply Level Referable Registered access allowed level Group User Box Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination User Box Number Registered User Box number Apply Level Referable Registered access allowed level Group Reference e The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box Internet fax function and IP address fax function are available only when a Hard Disk is installed 8 2 2 Group List Prints the list of the group entries registered How to print 1 Select Group List from One Touch User Box Registration One Touch User Box Registration List in Administrator Settings specify the starting number the number of entries and the destination type and then press Print Administrator Settings One Touch User Box Reg BEE en Se EEN Specify the number of destinations you wish to print C
286. rmed Select desired destinatio Fax can be sen any ti Check Job po ect Input Job History Off Hook Kare status asc DEF ww pars Tuv Je Report Printing ME Mail ME Mail E Mail User Box Fax Tokyo Osaka Nagoya box1 faxi WebDAV I Fax WebDAV1 ifax1 Group Search 4 Communication D Scan Settings EX Original Settings Servin 12 23 2009 21 52 Memory 99 Reference D The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed Bei Reference For details on System User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Job List Delete Press this button to delete the job in process to cancel the operation Select the job from the job list and then press Delete Check the message that appears and delete the job Select desired destinations Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Check Job A E Job History 11 ee OFf Hook West Status Report Print Err ME Mail ME Mail User Box Fax Tokyo Osaka Nagoya box1 fax1 WebDAV I Fax WebDAVI ifax1 Group Search 4 Delete Job Details Communi 81 Scan Settings EN Original Settings Sepp Toner Level vl Jee bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 8 3 2 Touch panel E d Job List Job Details Press Job Details to view the list of the Current Jobs and Job History in the right side area There are the following four types of jobs
287. roadcast the scan resolution of 400 x 400 dpi or 600 x 600 dpi is changed to 300 x 300 dpi The IP address fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 37 5 10 Scan Settings 5 10 4 File Type Select the file type for saving the scan data T Select the document file type for sending You can also select single page or multi page Job List This is not applied to fax transmission Ss Scan Settings gt File Type SE ue ee BE TIFF Multa Page CR A Detailed PDF Settings Sa Encryption H Stamp Composition E mail Attachment Broadcast Destinations 1 Dies Check Job Settings A 1 01 19 100 12 30 2009 Memory Toner Level Ki File Type The available file types are as follows Item Description PDF Saves data in PDF format Compact PDF Select to save compressed data rather than with PDF format TIFF Saves data in TIFF format JPEG Saves data in JPEG format XPS Saves data in XPS format Compact XPS Select to save compressed data rather than with XPS format You cannot specify some file formats depending on the Color settings The following shows the combina tions of the File Type and Color settings Auto Color Full Color Gray Scale Black PDF O O O O Compact PDF O O O TIFF O O O O JPEG O O O XPS O O O O
288. rocedure refer to page 10 15 Fax Settings Header Footer Position Reference D For IP Address Fax in the color mode reception information is not available for Outside Body Text Even if Outside Body Text is selected sender information is added to the inside of the original QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 16 Fax Settings Line Parameter Setting IP Number of Redials QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 18 Redial Interval Bai Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 18 Fax Settings TX RX Settings Reference To enable the setting for Print Paper Size set Tray Selection for RX Print to Auto The available tray types vary depending on the options that are installed e To receive a fax in the color mode documents are always recorded in full size for IP address fax and recorded after being reduced to the appropriate print paper size for Internet fax These faxes are printed in black and white To receive a fax in the color mode Print Separate Fax Pages cannot be used QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 19 Fax Settings Function Settings Function ON OFF Setting Destination Check Display Function Bai Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 22 Memory RX Setting QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 23 Forward TX Setting Bai Reference For the setting
289. rs installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 4 7 AA Using the Web service 4 Installation procedure 1 From the Start button select Network Devices connected to the network appear EP Network rganize WU File sharing is turned off Some network computers and devices might not be visible Click to change Favorite Link Name Category Workgroup Network location E Documents E Pictures B Music Recently Changed BB Searches D Public 2 Right click the scanner icon representing this machine and select Install 3 Depending on the settings on the computer the UAC User Account Control dialog box may ap pear Check the details and continue gt f both of the scan and printer functions of the Web service are enabled on the machine the machine is represented by the printer icon 3 The driver software is automatically installed When the confirmation dialog box appear click Close 3 Select Direct Input Web Service on the control panel of this machine to ensure that the connection to the computer is established bizhub 423 363 283 223 4 8 5 Sending 5 1 Operation flow 5 AAA 5 Sending This section describes the procedure for sending fax and scanned data and available functions 5 1 Operation flow 5 1 1 Scan Network Fax The following describes the operation flow for sending scanned data and for using Network Fax function Press Fax Scan Fax Scan O
290. rver SSL Settings Specify whether to use SSL for sending Next Destination Press this button to continuously specify another destination bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 30 5 6 Direct Input 5 6 9 Web Service Send scanned data to a computer previously registered in the network The computers on the network in which this machine is designated as the Web service scanner appear as the destinations Select the destination Select destination Press Start to begin sending 5 Search Result TS No Destination 1 Scan to TESTI 2 Scan for Print to TESTI 3 Scan for E mail to TESTI 4 Scan for Fax to TESTI 5 Scan for OCR to TESTI Search A Csin Job Details Toner Level Ki 05 05 2007 Memory 21 29 100 EQ Reference For the settings you must configure in advance refer to page 4 7 Data can be scanned and saved by sending command to this machine from the computer For the detailed procedure refer to page 13 4 Details Displays the destination name and URL Search Enter a keyword that is included in the desired destination name with the panel and search for destination bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 31 5 7 Job History 5 5 7 Job History Job History displays the latest five fax destinations that this machine have sent faxes to You can select des tinations from this history Job List Select desired destinati
291. s Deleted Jobs Finished Jobs All Jobs Switch to display each job type Comm List Displays the list of scanner and fax transmission sent received jobs You can print Activity Report TX Report and RX Report in respective list screens Detail Press this button to check the result error details registration source user name document name User Box stored time number of original pages or external server information for the selected job e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 16 3 2 Touch panel 3 Reference When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed The names of confidential documents are not displayed To view saved images you must set Job History Thumbnail Display to ON in Administrator Settings in advance For details refer to page 10 12 The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed The Confidential RX User Box is not available when a Hard Disk is installed If a Hard Disk is installed Confidential RX can be enabled when the Confidential RX function is added to the Public Personal Group User Box For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations MA Reference For details on System User Box refer
292. s e Even Page Select images in the even num bered pages Select All Select images in all pages Rotation Angle Select Left 90 Right 90 or 180 as the rotation angle When the destination is a fax an image is sent at 180 degrees if Left 90 is selected in Rotation An gle and at 0 if Right 90 is selected If TIFF or JPEG is selected as the file format to read a long original the rotation mode may not be spec ified When Fax is selected in Preview B Rotates the currently displayed page by 180 degrees to show the image Rotate Pages Select if the saved document con tains multiple pages e You can select multiple images in the page to be rotated e Odd Page Select images in the odd num bered pages e Even Page Select images in the even num bered pages Select All Select images in all pages Rotation Angle Click 180 to rotate a page Delete Page This item appears if the saved document contains multiple pages You can select multiple images in the page to be deleted Odd Page Select images in the odd numbered pages Even Page Select images in the even numbered pages All pages cannot be deleted View Finishing Displays icons in a preview image when TX Stamp is selected If View Finishing is canceled only the image appears while icons and text are hidden Change Setting Reference Change some of the settings you
293. s G3 You can specify how to send or receive data JobList Shecify the Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings Broadcast Destinations o a e Quick Memory TX Polling RX Timer TX Password TX D rom TX B 73072009 17 29 Toner Level vl Reie e Quick Memory TX A method used to start sending fax immediately after scanning a page of the original This method allows even originals with many pages to be sent without overflowing memory Job List Specify the settings Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings Broadcast Destinations fe a e Polling RX A Timer TX E E vod Password TX Polling TX F Code TX E A A H Delete Check Job Settings B 2 30 2009 17 30 Toner Level cl Pret I Reference If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard or Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings Quick Memory TX does not appear bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 62 5 12 Communication Settings Polling RX Normal A function available on the receiver s side to request a sender to send set documents or documents to be transmitted through polling reservation in the sender s machine This is convenient when communication costs are to be borne by the receiver Select Normal and select the recipient o Select the Polling RX method Use the E keypad to enter the Bulletin Board numb
294. s 9 21 Check Change Temporary ccesseeeeseeeeesreereneeees 5 52 i i a EEEE E E EET 5 34 AGCOSS EE 3 3 Closed Network RX cccccccccccsececcececsceececesseetsecesseeesesees 10 24 Aessen E EE E E EATE E 5 43 Action when TSI User Box is not set s 10 27 Color Background scada 5 45 Activity Report comooconcnnonnnnanonnnnoninconnnionanincanincanin canes 10 29 Color TIFF EE 9 27 Add ContentType Information sesser 10 41 Color Grayscale Multi lee 5 27 9 20 Value Compression Method AAA 10 39 Address Book A 5 19 9 22 Gomme liston a 3 13 3 15 3 16 Address Book Index Default Aen 9 24 Communication Method Settings cocacocnnoonno 5 62 Address Search e 5 19 Communication Settings 3 18 5 19 5 58 9 21 Address Ke 5 21 CompactsPDP E 5 38 Administrator Settings ooooooonncccnnoniccnonccnnarnncnaranonnnnno 10 9 Compact PDF XPS Compression Level 9 27 Advanced Search cccsesccessseeseeceeseseeeeesneeeeseeeenesees 5 33 Compact XPS cuantas 5 38 All JODS 0 3 11 3 13 3 15 3 16 Company Name codcccccnnncccccnconnnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnnnannnnnccnnnnnnns 5 34 AND denger EE 5 34 Compression Type cocccccccccncnnnnnnnonancnancnnnnnnnnas 5 26 10 40 Inte Eet ET 5 49 Confidential RX Report AAA 10 29 ANONYMOUS iii A da 9 14 Confidential User BOX A 9 22 Application 5 11 5 46 5 47 5 49 5 52 5 53 Confirm Address Register oooooocccinnccccccncnncccccnnnannns 10 23 Apply Levels Groups to Des
295. s by types of originals for example when all pages of originals cannot be loaded into the ADF when the originals are placed on the original glass or when single sided originals and double sided originals are mixed To select this setting press Separate Scan to highlight it JobList SPecify the settings _ ER Bj ES p Sigea 200x200dpi Fine Image Adjustment Density application ee Document Name A PDF delete 7 0K Toner Level ll Ke ee bizhub 423 363 283 223 q 5 11 Original Settings 5 5 11 Original Settings Specify the type of original that is loaded for example if it contains mixed page sizes or Z folded originals Job List Specify the settings iginal Settings SEI Direction Settings En Original Direction TO Menor O TO Mixed Original A Delete Despeckle Check Job Settings 12 29 2009 21 31 Toner Level Ki Memory 100 Reference The original setting and orientation functions can be used together 5 11 1 Special Original Mixed Original Select this setting when loading originals with different sizes together into the ADF The scanning speed will be lowered because the size of each page is detected before it is scanned 5 11 2 Special Original Z Folded Original Select this setting to detect the size of a z folded original by the length fed through the ADF 5 11 3 Special Original Long Original Available when
296. s one of these buttons The job list of the selected line appears Delete Press this button to delete the selected job Redial Select a job of which the status is set to Waiting To Redial to perform redialing Forward Forwards the fax received and stored in the mem ory in memory proxy reception Specify the recip ients either by selecting destinations registered in the address book or by entering directly Detail Press this button to check the registration source user name file name output tray stored time transmission time and number of original pages for the selected job To delete a job press Delete e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Reference When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed e The names of confidential documents are not displayed bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 14 3 2 Touch panel lt Job History of Receive gt Displays the history of fax transmission received transferred relayed jobs Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Document Name The name of the received or saved docu
297. scan originals through a computer and receive scanned data The following is an example of procedure for scanning originals via Windows Photo Gallery Reference D For the settings you must configure in advance refer to page 4 7 e You can also tell the machine to scan originals to save them For the detailed procedure refer to page 5 31 Telling the machine to make a scan through a computer 1 Start a scanner enabled application 2 Onthe File menu click Import from Camera or Scanner Add Folder to Gallery Import from Camera or Scannere py Screen Saver Settings Select All Share With Devices L Public Videos 3 From the list of Scanners and Cameras select this machine and then click Import Import Pictures and Videos If you do not see your device in the list make sure it is connected to the computer and turned on then choose Refresh Scanners and Cameras f The New Scan dialog box appears 4 Load the original on the machine bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 4 13 2 Tips 13 5 Configure scan settings and then click Scan A mp s See how to scan a picture Profile Photo Default Y Source Flatbed y Paper size Color format Color E File type JPG JPEG Image Resolution DPI 300 Brightness t 0 Contrast L 0 Preview or scan images as separate files Preview Cancel
298. scanners and printers and reproduce the col or mostly common to any those devices IMAP The acronym for Internet Message Access Protocol The protocol for retriev ing E mail messages with the function for managing mailboxes on the server Currently IMAP4 the fourth version of IMAP is most often used Install To install hardware operating systems applications printer drivers or other software on to a computer IP Address An address or a code used to identify an individual network device on the In ternet A maximum of three digits for four numbers are displayed such as 192 168 1 10 The IP address is assigned to every computer or other device connected to the Internet bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 7 Scanner Glossary 13 Term Description IPP The acronym for Internet Printing Protocol which is used to send or receive print data or control printers via the Internet or other TCP IP network IPP can also send and print data to printers in remote areas via the Internet IPsec The name of a security technology used for the TCP IP network IPsec allows service with enhanced security by determining the protocol used for the en cryption of transmit packets and for authentication IPv6 The acronym for Internet Protocol version 6 With the number of devices on the Internet increasing the IPv6 protocol has been arranged to replace the current IPv4 protocol 128 bit IP addressing system an
299. scanning resolution to re send the fax N21 HDD error HDD error OFF The hard disk is full e Delete unnecessary files e Reduce the number of pages to be sent or reduce the scanning resolution to re send the fax N22 Conversion Conversion OFF Turn the main power off and back on and error error then resend the fax bizhub 423 363 283 223 12 7 12 3 Error messages displayed 12 Code Type Descrip Redial ON Corrective Actions tion or OFF N25 Memory Memory full OFF Memory is full overflow e Check that there are no other jobs being Reception system error code processed e Reduce the number of pages to be sent or reduce the scanning resolution to re send the fax Code Type Descrip Corrective Actions tion N50 SMTP re SMTP re H SMTP reception does not start 60 minutes later after an ception ception er incoming call was connected this error occurs ror Ask the sender to resend the fax N51 Decoding Originaltoo Ask the sender to shorten the length of original to be sent long error before resending the fax N52 Decoding Received Ask the sender to reduce the number of pages to be sent page too before resending the fax long error N53 Decoding File error Ask the sender to resend the fax in a correct format shown below Internet fax TIFF IP Address Fax PDF or TIFF N54 Decoding Decode er Fax received contains data in an invalid format Ask the ror sender to re
300. se bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 46 5 10 Scan Settings 5 5 10 11 Application Book Copy Configure settings to scan a two page spread In addition the binding position and erase settings can be specified Job List Select scanning method for document spread This is not applied to fax transmissions Scan Settings gt Application gt Book Scan Destinations ER SES E Book Spread ELE i S ER ee PS nter Erase P FEJ Das El Front Cover Front Back Covers Binding E Position a gt E Left Bind A 12 30 2009 16 42 Toner Level Ki et 100 Reference e Specify the size of the two page spread as the scan size H This function cannot be set with Quick Memory TX Book Spread Scans a two page spread as a single page Separation Scans a two page spread as two pages left and right Front Cover Scans the first page as a front cover Front Back Covers Scans the first page as a front cover the second page as a back cover and the third and subsequent pages as a body Book Erase Frame Erase Configure the setting for erasing frames on a two page spread H To erase all frames with the same width press Frame and specify a numeric value between 1 16 and 2 inches 0 1 and 50 0 mm D To individually specify the top left right and bottom widths press the desired
301. send the fax in a correct format bizhub 423 363 283 223 12 8 12 4 If Contact your service representative is displayed Service Call 12 12 4 If Contact your service representative is displayed Service Call If there is a problem that cannot be remedied by the customer Contact your service representative appears on the screen Service Call screen Normally the phone number and fax number for your service representative appear in the center of the Serv ice Call screen The following is the procedure for notifying your service representative of a problem An internal error occurred Open and then close the upper right door LEE trouble code appears again contact your Service Representative West Status Trouble Code C 5103 Job Details y Toner Level Il 01 07 2010 13 31 A CAUTION To prevent the risk of serious accident perform the following when the service call screen is displayed and the facsimile is no longer operable Write down the problem code of the message Turn off the Sub Power Switch and Main Power Switch Remove the power cord from the outlet Contact your service representative and inform them of the problem code bizhub 423 363 283 223 12 9 1 3 Appendix 13 1 Product specifications 1 3 13 Appendix 13 1 Product specifications 13 1 1 Scanner functions Item Specifications Scan speed 70 sh
302. sent at any time using keypad Check Job direct Input jet History TT off hook West Status E Mail E Mail Cem EISE E Tokyo Osaka Nagoya bo fax1 WebDAV e FR Adar Addr De WebDAV1 ip fax1 ifax1 Scan Settings p 12 23 2009 18 00 _ Toner Level dl Memory 100 Language Selection A 6 7 No Item Description Refer ence 1 Address Book Press this button to select the recipient from the pre p 5 20 registered destinations 2 Direct Input Press this button to directly enter unregistered desti p 5 25 nations Job History Select the desired one from the destination history p 5 32 Address Search Press this button to search a destination registered on p 5 33 the LDAP server 5 Off Hook Press this button to put the machine into the off hook p 5 35 state ready for dialing 6 Scan Settings Allows you to configure detailed settings forscanning p 5 36 the document 7 Original Settings Allows you to configure the detailed settings for the p 5 55 original type and original direction 8 Communication Settings Press to configure communication settings p 5 58 Reference H If manual destination input is restricted in Security Settings in Administrator Settings the Direct Input tab is not displayed H If Confirm Address TX is set to ON Off Hook is not displayed For details on the Confirm Address function refer t
303. ser Box is selected destinations are saved in a User Box specified with an F code subaddress Print Specify whether to print a fax after receiving Password Check Specify a communication password up to 7 digits bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 26 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 4 0 TSI User Box Setting Specify whether to use the TSI User Box function To use the function configure the following items If two units of Fax Kit FK 508 are installed and Individual Receiving Line Setup is set to ON in Adminis trator Settings you can select either Fax Line 1 or Fax Line 2 to specify the forwarding destination for each line For details on Individual Receiving Line Setup refer to page 10 19 Specify the settings Enter User Box number using the keypad Administrator Settings gt Function Settings gt TSI User Box Settings Utility AStion when TSI User Box paministrator automatically Print Settings Memory RX User Box S User Box 4 Fax Settings Function Settings TSI User Box Registration 01 07 2010 11 46 Memory 100 If no Hard Disk is installed the following screen appears Select item and enter setting ministrator Settings gt Function Settings gt TSI User Box Settings Utility Qgtion when TSI User Box aaninistrator siet Print Settings Memory RX User Box Fax Settings Function Settings TSI User Box Registration 11
304. ses of the DHCP clients enables you to construct a network without IP address con flicts or other troubles DNS The acronym for Domain Name System DNS allows for obtaining the IP ad dress corresponding to a host name in network environments This system enables a user to access other computers on the network by specifying host names instead of elusive and non intuitive IP addresses DPI dpi The acronym for Dots Per Inch A unit of resolution used for printers and scanners This indicates the number of dots used to represent an inch The higher this value the higher the resolution Driver Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a peripheral de vice Dynamic authentication An authentication method option used when connecting to a LDAP server LDAP setting from a multifunctional product Select this option if you want an user to enter the login name and password each time the user logs on the LDAP server to refer to destination information Ethernet A standard for LAN transmission lines File extension Characters added to a file name for the recognition of the file format The file extension is added after a dot of a file name for example bmp or 7 jpg FTP The acronym for File Transfer Protocol This is a protocol used for transfer ring files via the Internet an intranet or other TCP IP network Gateway Hardware and software used as the point where a network is conn
305. setting configured for sending faxes after sending jobs e Reset All Resets all settings H Reset Destination Only Resets only the destination settings H Confirm with User Displays a message to confirm that you want to clear the settings Touch the button for the desired setting ministrator Settings gt Job Reset gt Next Job Job Setting Staple Setting OFF Original Set Bind Direction OFF L sem Reset Settings Confirm with User Job Reset 01 06 2010 15 55 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 10 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV 1 0 10 3 4 System Settings Stamp Settings Header Footer Settings Configure the settings for the header footer to be inserted on all pages You can use the settings for the head er footer configured here for faxing scanning and printing In the Header Footer Setting window press New This brings up a screen that allows you to enter a new header footer E Specify header footer settings Enter program name Name A utility Header Settings Footer Settings D y Stamp Settings A E Header Footer Settings Text Details A 01 06 2010 15 56 Cancel Memory 100 Item Description Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the header footer using up to 16 characters Header Settings Footer Settings Specify whether to print the header and footer Pressing Print allows you to spe
306. ss Default Gateway Bonjour Setting IPG ON si gt NetWare Setting Auto Ap Setting ON sl mAppleralk setting DHCP Setting ON y Network Fax Setting Link Local Address gt WebDAV Settings Global Address gt OpenAPI Setting Prefix Length gt TCP Socket Setting Gateway Address IEEESOZ 8 Authentication RAW Port Number Setting F Port 1 8100 4 gt LLTD Setting a 1 65535 Port 2 9112 44 gt SSDP Settings 1 65535 pen 9113 1 65535 Bluetooth Setting Port 4 D 1 65535 F Port 5 9115 1 65535 F Port 6 8116 1 65535 DNS Host DNS Host Name Dynamic DNS Setting Disable LLMNR Setting Enable DNS Domain Name Setting DNS Domain Auto Obtain Enable DNS Search Domain Name Auto Retrieval Enable S DNS Default Domain Name DNS Search Domain Namet DNS Search Domain Name2 DNS Search Domain Name3 DNS Server Setting Pw4 DNS Server Auto Obtain Enable Y Primary DNS Server ooo Secondary DNS Server Kann 7 Secondary DNS Server2 ooo DNS Server Setting Pw6 DNS Server Auto Obtain Enable ze Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server SLP Setting SLP Enable LPD Setting LPD Enable Cancel Description TCP IP Setting Configure the TCP IP setting when connecting this machine via network E mail Setting Configure the settings to send or receive E mails including Internet fax and speci
307. ss eege 10 10 Destination GE E 3 17 Changes Allowed A 5 41 Detail 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 Check Address dee is 9 21 NIN 5 23 5 61 Ee 5 59 9 10 E EE 5 41 Qee IO io 3 19 9 21 EE EE 5 29 5 30 E EE E Ree 5 31 Check Job ere ii Peni hee ee 3 10 3 12 KEIER 10 18 10 32 MO setaria eei 3 17 Digital Signature coccion 5 66 Check Original Settings AAA 9 21 bizhub 423 363 283 223 14 5 14 2 Index by button Direc Input iio ratita Sue pecs 5 19 5 61 EI Eer 3 3 Docus da 5 11 T Document Name 5 54 5 59 Mp SEET EEN 5 40 Header informs ton et ele tines E 10 15 Dot Matrix Original sscccsssssseesssssssssesssussssneeseeee bage OO eebe 10716 DSN Message ssessssssssssssssssstssstsnsssssesnneennten 03 E Set Gea siete EE SE ES EE 140 41 E 10213 Duplex Print EE 10 19 Header Footer cocos in taa deed 5 51 Header Footer Position oooonooccccnnnincccccccccnnacccnnnnnnnns 10 16 E Header Footer Settings csscceceesecseeseeeeteeeeees 10 11 EGM OFF ausdeet ai 5 58 9 10 Host Address EN 9 12 9 14 9 15 E mail sisivicecciaivs cecesesshavesteceduen ciaeieiaeecaesedveseceys 5 25 9 7 Host Name eege EIERE EEN ere 5 28 5 29 5 30 E Mailt Addi a iatan etnar apee are a dE AA 5 33 i E Mail Address cccccccononaninonononannnononnnnonononcncnnnnanns 9 8 9 18 E E mail Attachment Method emoconcnencnononcncncnnnonencncnracanas Sg ICOM sois 9 8 999010 9129145 916 O te E Mail ENCrypt ON cece haxsernsoavetcieltnonnaee
308. ss to Job Settings 1 2 page A Touch the button for the desired setting Restrict User Access 01 06 2010 15 53 Memory 100 Item Description Registering and Chang Specify whether to allow the users to register and change addresses ing Addresses bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 9 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV 1 0 Item Description Change the From Ad Specify the settings for changing the From address dress E mail e Allow Allows the user to change the From address e Administrator E Mail Address The administrator s E mail address is set to the From address e Login User Address The user s E mail address is set to the From ad dress If the user s E mail address is not specified the administrator s ad dress is set When User Authentication is enabled the setting is automatically changed from Allow to Login User Address Restrict Operation E Touch the button for the desired setting Administrator Settings gt Restrict User Access gt Restrict Operation Job Setting Utility E e Settings System Settings Restrict User Access 01 06 2010 15 54 Memory 100 Item Description Restrict Broadcasting Specify whether to allow the users to specify destinations to which to send broadcast faxes 10 3 3 System Settings Reset Setting Job Reset Next Job Reset Data After Job Specify whether to reset settings such as scan
309. st Prints the list of the program destination entries registered How to print 1 Select Program List from One Touch User Box Registration One Touch User Box Registration List in Administrator Settings specify the starting number the number of entries and the destination type and then press Print Only the program destinations entered newly will be printed Cup to 50 Administrator Settings gt One Touch User Box Registration List gt Program List List Output Number Print Destination List by Type Number of C RINES 10750 z One Touch y ae 30 12 2009 19 27 Cancel J Memory 100 If no Hard Disk is installed the following screen appears Only the program destinations entered newly will be printed Cup to 50 istrator Settings gt One Touch User Box Registration List gt Program List List Output Number Print Destination List by Type Administrator Settings y One Touch User Box Reg Address Hegastration Lis 11 29 2009 11 31 Memory 100 E Select 8x11 or 1147 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing rator Settings gt Progral t gt Program List Paper Tray Simplex Duplex E oa 2 Sided 12 30 2009 19 30 Cancel Start Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 2 Common lists Print sample Program List SIP Fax TX Machine Type of Destin tion Access
310. st Function Display Outline PDF Set ting Reference Specify whether to outline text H The following functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed Delete Unused User Box Delete Secure Print File Delete Time Setting Document Delete Time Set ting and ID amp Print Delete Time in User Box Setting User Box Setting External Memory Function Settings Document Scan 8 System Connection Setting Application Connection Setting 11 5 3 Security Qp Administrator 1 togout 13 KE Reay to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu METT Device Certificate List New Registration E Default Issuer Subject Van To stan Ee e TEST 23456 test res 23456 test 07 09 2009 Toi Setting Setting gt Certificate Verification Settings ok Cancel Address Reference Setting gt Restrict User Access gt Copy Security gt Auto Logout gt Administrator Password Setting Item Description PKI Settings Register device certificates and configure the SSL protocol or external certificate settings Protocol Setting is displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed Certificate Verifi Specify the items to validate a certificate cation Settings Address Refer When giving destination access permission specify a reference allowed group ence Setting name or access allowed level Restrict User Ac Specify the function to restrict user oper
311. st P 3 12 30 2009 21 13 Serial No 1 S 38 Multi Line Settings Setting setting Dialing Method 2 x Line Monitor Sound D r Bereccion Number Display Function i TX and RX Item Setting sender Fax No bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 16 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX Fax Setting List P 4 12 30 2009 21 13 Serial No Internet Fax RX Ability Settings 1 38 Item Setting Compression Type Y Paper Size Resolution I Fax Advanced Settings MH MR MHR A4 B4 A3 Standard Fine Super_Fine Item Setting Item Setting HDN Request HDN Response Operating Mode DSN Request MDN DSN Response Watch Time p fgdress Fax operation Mode 1 Do Not Send 24 Se Setting Title List Text List Subject doc data_PHOTO data sending Relay List Relay List Fax Setting List Serial No Ho Password Group No 000000004 123 002 5 12 30 2009 21 13 1 38 bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 17 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX Sender TSI RX User Box Fai Fax Setting List P 6 12 30 2009 21 13 1 Serial No 38 x Line 1 Sender _ TSI RX User Box No Sender TSD bestinati n 001 123 B000000001 002 124 B000000001 Note E E Mail F FTP S SMB G Group B Box W HebDav
312. story on the Job List screen If ON is selected destinations are not displayed Display Activity Log Specify whether to display fax transmission and reception history If OFF is selected the history is not displayed 3 4 page Specify setting for selected item ministrator Settings gt Security Settings gt Security Details Job Setting RENA Bisp1av Secure Print Only 01 07 2010 11 21 Memory 100 Item Description Initialize Allows you to select an object of which the data you want to clear When you select an object and then press OK a dialog box appears that confirms you want to clear it Select Yes and then press OK to clear the data Job History Thumbnail Display Specify whether to display the first page for each job in the left side pane when a job history is selected with Job Histo ry on each tab that is displayed when Job List Job De tails are selected Copy Guard Specify whether to create and detect originals with copy guard patterns embedded e This item is available when the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed Password Copy Specify whether to create and detect originals with a pass word embedded e This item is available when the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 13 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 1 0 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 This section describes administrator set
313. strator Settings G3 1 0 Sender Fax No Register a sender fax number for the extension line The registered fax number is printed as the sender s in formation on the document received by the recipient Enter a sender fax number using 0 9 and space up to 20 characters Use the keypad to enter the number Administrator Settings gt Multi Line Settings gt Sender Fax No Utility a D gt Administrator Settings Fax Settings Cad e e Multi Line Settings 01 07 2010 11 56 Memory 100 10 4 15 Fax Settings G3 Fax Print Quality Settings Specify whether to correct a received G3 fax according to the resolution Press the resolution you want to set up and select Prioritize Quality or Prioritize Speed D Prioritize Quality Corrects a received image and prints it D Prioritize Speed Does not correct a received image to reduce the print time Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Fax Print Quality Settings Job Setting Prioritize Quality High Resolution Prioritize Speed Utility Administrator Settings il Prioritize Speed Fax Settings oo e 01 06 2010 15 51 Memory 100 Reference D The low resolution means 200 dpi x 100 dpi 200 dpi x 200 dpi or 300 dpi x 300 dpi and the high res olution means 400 dpi x 400 dpi 10 4 16 Security Settings Security Details Manual Destination Input QQ Reference
314. t Reference e The IP address fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 5 6 6 PC SMB Enter the PC SMB address op list Select item and enter the PC SMB dest t Touch Browse to browse the network Enter New Address gt PC SMB Host Nane 4 File Path User Name 4 Password 4 Reference A E 12 30 2009 00 42 Memory 100 Host Name Specify the host name in uppercase letters or IP address for the destination with the panel File Path Enter the path to the destination folder in uppercase letters with the panel User Name Enter the login user name in the touch panel Password Enter the login user password in the touch panel Reference You can check the folder configuration on the destination computer You can directly specify the destination folder if necessary Next Destination Press this button to continuously specify another destination bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 28 5 6 Direct Input 5 5 6 7 FTP Enter the PC FTP address ob List E Enter settings to setup FIP destination l To specify anonymous for User Name use Anonymous Enter New Address gt FTP Bes Broadcast Destinations Host Name File Path User Name A Anonymous Password Settings y 1 1 Check Job Settings 12 30 2009 00 43 Ce Toner Level Ki Memory 100 ES Host Name
315. t Back isra gt Broadcast Destinations Nane E Mail Addr Fax Number A Last jame A 12 30 2009 01 02 Memory 100 Name Enter the name in the touch panel E Mail Addr Enter the E mail address in the touch panel Fax Number Enter the fax number in the touch panel Last Name Enter the last name in the touch panel First Name Enter the first name in the touch panel bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 33 5 8 Address Search City Enter the city name in the touch panel Company Name Enter the company name in the touch panel Department Enter the department in the touch panel OR AND STARTS WITH ENDS WITH Select the search condition from OR AND STARTS WITH or ENDS WITH bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 34 5 9 Off Hook G3 5 5 9 Off Hook G3 Use this button to manually send a fax Reference D Memory transmission can not be used in combination with the off hook function e If Confirm Address TX is set to ON the off hook function cannot be used e If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard or Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings Off Hook is not displayed Manual transmission Load the original and configure the scan setting as needed Press Off Hook to turn into the o
316. t tion error nection er e Check the network settings for the ma ror chine e Ask the network administrator to ensure that the network is running successfully N11 Connec Connec OFF Reception refused Check the state of the tion error tion refused recipient N12 Connec Line dis ON Verify that the cables and cords are secure tion error connected ly connected and that there is no network failure N13 Connec No net OFF e Check the state of the recipient tion error work re e Check the network settings for the ma sponse chine e Ask the network administrator to ensure that the network is running successfully N14 Connec Mail distri OFF Check the recipient s state and then resend tion error bution error the fax N15 Recipient Recipient ON Check the recipient s state and then resend resetting connection the fax reset N16 Recipient Recipient ON Check the recipient s state and then resend busy busy the fax N17 LAN con Connec OFF Check the recipient s state and then resend nection tion timeout the fax N18 Network er Network er OFF e Check that the network fax settings are ror ror correct e Verify that the cables and cords are se curely connected and that there is no network failure e Turn the main power off and back on and then resend the fax N20 Memory er Memory er OFF Memory is full ror ror e Check that there are no other jobs being processed e Reduce the number of pages to be sent or reduce the
317. t in the Utility menu PC Fax TX Error Report P 1 01 08 2010 13 20 Serial No A1UE011900003 TC 332 addressee Enero Start Tine Cause Name 3 01 08 13 20 _ Login Error User led Transmission faile Check the status and then try sending again bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 26 8 5 Report printed for Internet Fax 8 8 5 8 5 1 8 5 2 Report printed for Internet Fax Reference e The Internet fax function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed Internet Fax Rx Error Report Printed automatically when the reception of Internet Fax or IP Address Fax fails You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Network Fax RX Error Report in the Utility menu Internet Fax Rx Error Report P 1 01 08 2010 14 26 Serial No A1UE011900003 TC 355 Subject hailuser3testtestaz File Error Test001 Print MDN Message When the sender this machine requests the recipient s machine to confirm that the E mail message is un sealed the receiver sends an MDN message to the sender upon unsealing printing of the E mail message When this machine receives an MDN response message and prints automatically You can specify whether to print or not in UDN Message in the Utility menu Print MON Message D 10 03 2008 15 22 Serial Ho 1 T 163 Fron maiLuserzocso konicaninolta jp Subject Your message was processed successfully HON
318. t EST ip fax1 W 1 1 Group Delete Check Job Settings 29 2009 21 58 Toner Level ll Memory 100 EQ Reference For details refer to page 9 24 For details on address book registration refer to page 9 7 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 22 5 5 Address Book E The Index is displayed when you press Search if Default Address Book is set to Address Type in User Settings Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings in the Utility menu 0 A Ba 000 4 O 1 1 D E Toner Level Ki PAS No Item Description 1 Index Displays destinations for each registered index Detail Search Enter the address name or a part of the address to search for the destination address Select either Name or Address and enter an index t if you wish to search by name or Select by destination Search Result 0 Job List Address Book gt Search gt Detail Search Broadcast Destinations Name Address 2 N Search Option In the Detail Search screen select a condition to display search options Select the option you want to add to the search conditions then press OK i To search for a destination in the LDAP E server choose Search or Advanced Search Address Book gt Search gt
319. t Index or Address Type as the way the registered destinations are dis played Default Address Type When you set Default Address Book to Address Type select an address type that is displayed as the default in the Address Book tab 9 3 3 Custom Display Settings Fax Active Screen G3 IP I FAX Customize the Fax Active screen l Job List Select job setting ility gt Custom Display Settings gt FAX Active Screen Job Setting No AI RX Display No Custom Display Settings 01 06 2010 15 47 Memory 100 Item Description TX Display Specify whether to display a message indicating data being sent Default No RX Display Specify whether to display a message indicating data being received De fault No Reference H The IP address fax and Internet fax functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 25 9 3 User Settings 9 3 4 9 3 5 Custom Display Settings Search Option Settings Configure the contents of the search option screen when performing an detail search for registered destina tions E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV G3 IP I FAX Specify the search conditions for the detailed search 5 Te you wish to change the search conditions for every Job List rch attempt Sev the Search Option screen bo Item Utility User Settings Utility gt Custom Display Settings gt Search Option Settings Default Settings S
320. t number by pressing IC Specify an index that matches the name Utility gt IP Address Fax gt New 1 65535 Wesst EA Machine Color Index y etc Address Book Public 01 06 2010 15 31 Memory 100 Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters Destination Enter the host name IPv4 address IPv6 address or E mail address as the host address for the destination device The host name or E mail address must be less than 317 characters in length e If you enter a host name and then select to enter an IP address the host name is cleared e Before entering the host name or E mail address check that the DNS set tings are correctly specified For details refer to the User s Guide Net work Administrator bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 16 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Item Description Port Number Enter the port number any number between 1 and 65535 Destination Machine Select Color or Monochrome depending on the recipient s machine type Type Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you
321. t reduced scale Printed on long paper longer than standard LO IN WE k A size l A l A i TH l I l l A S OB 1 BY gt l B C C C D 4 D o i I AAA E D 3 o a Printed on the same Printed on the opti Printed on the paper E or larger paper at the mal paper size at re of specified paper A same scale duced scale tray at reduced scale E l T Heng E AN A A A l l I l E B a n l 5 C e C o l x D C D eet AAA 2 D 3 Das tes es g Printed on the same Printed on the paper o or larger paper at the Printed on divided of specified paper same scale pages depending on tray at reduced scale a the paper size Reference e If Duplex Print RX is set to ON double sided printing is possible For details refer to page 10 19 bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 14 6 7 Footer Position 6 6 7 Footer Position Reception date time reception number and page number are automatically added to the received document for printing The received information is printed on the following location of the document according to the Header Footer Position setting Reference e To send a document in color using the IP Address Fax function the information is printed only within the original image area ER Reference For details on the setting of reception information refer to page 10 16 Inside Body Text The reception information is printed so that it is overlaid on part of the original image Ou
322. t very little paper remains in the paper tray Sec Indicates that the enhanced security mode is enabled Indicates that an external memory device is connected to the machine Indicates that a nonstandard external memory has been connected to this machine therefore USB connection is not enabled amp Indicates that the job is in the waiting for redial status because for example the recipient s line is busy when sending with the G3 Fax or IP Address Fax function 3 2 2 Difference of screen display with without optional devices The information displayed on the screen varies depending on whether the optional Fax Kit FK 508 is installed or not If the Fax Kit FK 508 is not installed Select desired destination s Check Job West Status ESTA E Mail Mail Osaka Nagoya user Box Tokyo box1 I Fax ifax1 Group search 3 F Job Details HI ESAS E Settings A 12 23 2009 21 45 Toner Level ll Memory 100 Language Selection Fax destinations or functions related to fax operation are not displayed bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 6 3 2 Touch panel If the Fax Kit FK 508 is installed Select desired destinations ax can be sent at any time us Check Job rect Input user Name Status ME Mail Tokyo E Mail Osaka IP addr Fax ip fax1 WebDAV WebDAV1 a oy Job Details 31 Scan Settings 12 23 2009 Memory 18 00 Toner Level ll 100 ME
323. t works as a bridge between a computer and a printer Property Attribute information When using a printer driver various functions can be specified in the file properties By using properties of a file you can check the attribute information about the file Protocol A rule enabling a computer to communicate with other computers or periph erals Proxy server A server that is installed to act as an intermediary connection between each client and different servers to effectively ensure security over the entire sys tem for Internet connections RAW port number ATCP port number used when the RAW protocol is selected for Windows or other TCP printing The RAW port number is usually set to 9100 realm IPP setting An area used for allowing security functions The area is used to organize user names passwords and other authentication information and define the security policy in the area Referral setting LDAP setting If there is no relevant destination data found on an LDAP server the LDAP server itself instructs which LDAP server to be searched for the next The re ferral setting configures whether the multifunctional product is responsible for searching the next LDAP server Resolution The resolution value indicates how much detail of an object can be repro duced precisely on an image or a print matter bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 9 Scanner Glossary 13 Term Description
324. tem Settings Enter Power Save Mode Print Fax Output Settings Registering and Changing Ad dresses Change the From Address Restrict Broadcasting Reset Data After Job Header Footer Settings Fax TX Settings Original Direction Confirmation Screen Fax S ettings Sender Sender Fax No Header Position Print Receiver s Name Footer Position Dialing Method Receive Mode Number of RX Call Rings Number of Redials Redial Interval Line Monitor Sound Line Monitor Sound Volume Send Line Monitor Sound Volume Re ceive Duplex Print RX Letter Ledger over A4 A3 Print Paper Selection Print Paper Size Incorrect User Box No Entry bizhub 423 363 283 223 2 1 Information Functions Available O Un Note available x with no HDD installed Tray Selection for RX Print Min Reduction for RX Print Print Separate Fax Pages File After Polling TX No of Sets RX Individual Receiving Line Setup Individual Sender Line Setup O F Code TX Relay RX Relay Printing Destination Check Display Func tion Confirm Address TX Confirm Address Register
325. the password used for receiving an E mail APOP encrypts the password This authentication method helps enhance the E mail security AppleTalk The generic name for the protocol suite developed by Apple Computer for computer networking Auto IP A function to obtain an IP address automatically If one fails to get an IP ad dress via DHCP the auto IP gets an IP address from the space of 169 254 0 0 bit The abbreviation for binary digit The smallest unit of information data quan tity handled by a computer or printer A bit uses only a 0 or a 1 to indicate data BMP The abbreviation for bitmap This is a file format for saving image data The file extension is bmp Commonly used on Windows platforms BMP cov ers the color depth from monochrome 2 values to full color 16 777 216 colors BMP images are not suitable for compressed storage Bonjour A Macintosh network technology automatically detecting a device connect ed to the network for automatic configuration Previously called Rendez vous and has been changed to Bonjour since Mac OS X v10 4 Byte A byte indicates a unit of information data quantity handled by a computer or printer A byte consists of eight bits Client A computer using services provided by servers via the network Compact PDF A compression method for minimizing the data size using the PDF format used for digitalizing color documents Compact PDF al
326. tif Destination mada 9 20 Security Detalls sissi is isitin 10 12 10 33 URL Notification Setting EE 5 61 Ee le EE 9 18 UserBox dd 3 3 5 26 9 8 9 9 Select Une un 5 59 9 10 USD rol 9 12 9 14 9 15 ele DEE EEN 3 9 User Name ceccecccceccccececcececceceececcececeeceeeee 5 28 5 29 5 30 SON amp Print ENEE 5 52 User Settings cescesssessseessessseessseessessssessseessessseessseenee 9 24 ue TEE 10 16 Utility Counter BEE EENS 3 3 Sender Fax NO ooccccccococcccnncnnnncncnnnnnnanccncnnnnne 10 16 10 33 Separate Scar 5 54 v Separation A E EA AEE AEA EEA A cee eeeneetiiins 5 58 9 10 Sequential TX Report cinco 10 29 View FINISHING eeneg degdedeskegugEeEEedKA e gdbe e 5 10 le 5 46 Shortcut E 9 24 VADA 5 30 9 14 eene le 9 24 Simplex DU p EX siiitiat edbeei eege ekie get Seen died 5 37 5 52 A SSL SEettiNgS iia 5 30 9 15 EE E E ELE A E N ana 5 38 SAMP ME 5 51 Stamp COMPOSITION 0 eeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeneeeeseneeeeseeeees 5 42 Stamp Settings coccion 10 15 Z Folded Original rio 5 55 Stamp Type Preset StaMpS cccccninnoccccnonanancninananananes 5 51 LA O 5 9 StaAMP COMPOSItION c coooccccnnonccononcnnannonnnnnonanancnnannnnnns 5 49 Eben Geelen A eek 5 53 Mai 3 3 Starting Chapter Number AAA 5 50 Starting Page Number AAA 5 50 STARTS WITH Si oir 5 34 ET E EE 3 3 Sub power Switch oooooccccccncccccccconnnccccnnnnnnannconnnnnnncnnnnns 3 2 SUBO 5 60 9 19 T TEXT EE 5 36 5 42 5 52 10 11 TOXt Colon meine 5 50 5 51 5
327. tinations oooconnncccnnn 9 22 Confirm Address TX oooocccccccocccccccnoncncnccnncnnncnncnnnannns 10 23 POLO E 5 56 Copied Paper acia nea es 5 36 Auto ee 5 44 COPOS iii Add 5 52 o O 3 4 Copy Guard cise edict oe cece ie oat 10 12 SEHR FRING Well eege bereien Se EE 5 37 A O OS 5 11 CUS SIRS ici 5 44 Binding Position cccccnnnncccnnnnnanccnninnnn 5 11 5 48 5 56 BlaGk EE 5 44 L Black Compression Level ceeeeeeeees 9 26 10 39 REH EE 5 49 Bleed Removal a 5 45 Date Time tacita dee naanin iiei 5 49 5 52 10 11 A eege T 5 60 9 19 Default Address BOOK AAA 9 25 BOOK CODY csiessicassecscnaseaataialadeschecacssedaaceienagebezaa at ege 5 47 Default Address Type c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneaees 9 25 Book Erase NEEN 5 47 5 48 Default Scan Fax Settings 9 27 Bo0k Spread EEEE iii iii tidad 5 47 REEL WEE 9 24 Broadcast Result Report E 10 30 Delete A 3 8 3 10 3 12 3 14 3 15 9 21 ET WEE 5 63 5 65 Delete Page cenicero 5 10 Bulletin Board User Box ooocccccccccococcccncononccccnncnannnncnnos 9 22 Deleted Jobs 0ocooccccoooccccccccccnccnnnns 3 11 3 13 3 15 3 16 Bulletin TX Report AAA 10 30 DONSIY caida latin ainia dt 5 43 Dep AM iii 5 34 DespeckKl miii td cette 5 57 O r A L he 3 3 FS SSH AGH E SEENEN 9 16 Center Erase Se EE 5 48 Destination Check Display Function 10 22 Change Setting e 5 10 Destination Machine Type sccccsssscsssssssssoseeseeee 5 27 9 17 Chang ithe From Addre
328. ting page number and the starting chapter number Press x to switch between and gt an Settings gt Stamp Composition gt Page Number 1 No J Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete Check Jol 1 j d Stat Rang Page T 99999 99999 Page Number Type Stat Ring chapter En Settings Toner Level Ki Item 12 30 2009 17 12 Memory 100 100 100 Chapter E Text Details E Description Starting Page Number Specify the starting page number Starting Chapter Number Specify the starting chapter number Page Number Type Select the format to display a page number Print Position Print Position Select the print position Fine Tune To fine adjust the print position press Adjust Po sition Specify the shift length of the print position to the left right top or bottom using a value be tween 1 16 and 1 15 16 inches 0 1 and 50 0 mm Text Details Text Color Select the printing color from black red blue green yellow cyan or magenta Text Size Select the size 8 pt 10 pt 12 pt 14 pt in which text is printed Text Type Select the font type from Times Roman or Helvet ica bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 50 5 10 Scan Settings Stamp Prints a predetermined character string such as URGENT on a page Job List Destinations vid Delete E Select stamp typ
329. tings that are configured for G3 Fax TX The descriptions in this sec tion also apply to Network Fax 10 4 1 System Settings Power Save Settings Specify the condition for which the machine shifts to the power save mode and whether to enable the power save mode for the fax board Touch the button for the desired setting Administrator Settings gt System Settings gt Power Save Settings Item Job Setting Sleep Mode Settings A 20 min Utility Administrator Power Save Key Low Power Immediately Settings Normal Fax Board Power Save Yes System Settings 01 07 2010 11 22 Memory 100 Description Enter Power Save Mode Select the condition on which the machine shifts to the power save mode e Normal When a fax is received during the power save mode the fax job is printed After a predetermined time has elapsed the machine shifts to the power save mode e Immediately default When a fax is received during the power save mode the fax job is printed and then the machine immediately shifts to the power save mode Fax Board Power Save Specify whether to enable the power save mode for the fax board e Even when Yes is specified the fax board does not shift to the power save mode if the Number of RX Call Rings is set to 0 10 4 2 System Settings Output Settings Print Fax Output Settings Fax Specify the printing method for RX documents e Batch Print d
330. tion No Item Description 1 Me Select your own E mail address E mail address in user registration information Reference e Me appears in the Address Book tab if Default Address Book in the User Settings is set to Index MA Reference For details on setting this function refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 20 5 5 Address Book 5 Home Scan to Home If Active Directory is used for user authentication press Home that appears on the touch panel to allow you to easily send scanned data to your own Home folder To do so set Scan to Home Settings to Enable in Administrator Settings Select desired destinations Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Check Job a ve rect Input Job History West Status E Mail PC SMB E Mai1 ME Mail User Box 1 Me Hom Osaka Nagoya box1 fe Ader il 1 Fax ip fax1 ifax1 Group Search o 81 Son Settings EX Original Settings Sne oner Level ll Kee SE Language Selection No Item Description 1 Home Select your own Home folder EQ Reference For details on setting this function refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 5 5 1 Group The destinations registered as groups appear 5 5 2 Search Search for transmission destinations The following methods are available to search for the registered desti nations Address Type This function enables you to sear
331. tion OK S 0K Stop Communication PW OFF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error DC Decode Error MDN MDN Response Error DSN DSN Response Error 8 4 10 Bulletin TX Report Polling TX Report Printed automatically when a polling transmission is executed to the document saved in the bulletin board You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Bulletin TX Report in the Utility menu Polling TX Report P 1 01 04 2010 20 25 Serial No 1 64 Addressee Start Time Tine Prints Resuit Note 222333444555 01 04 20 25 00 00 03 001 001 OK l L1 BUL BoxNo 5 Note Result L1 Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX DPG Page Separation TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax OK Communication OK S 0K Stop Communication PW OFF Power Switch OFF TEL RX from TEL NG Other Error Cont Continue No Ans No Answer Refuse Receipt Refused Busy Busy M Full Memory Full LOVR Receiving length Over POVR Receiving page Over FIL File Error DC Decode Error MDN MDN Response Erro
332. tional function code CAA is enabled Reference D The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete 9 2 4 Address Book Fax Register fax destinations To register a new destination press New 1 2 page E Registered number is automatically applied by touching 0K Job List To specify a registered number touch the No button E utility gt Fax gt New Create One Touch Fax Number I Destination Address Book Public Line Settings 2 01 06 2010 15 24 Cancel L Memory 100 2 2 page Job List Specify index according to name Ss Utility gt Fax gt New Index y etc AT A Utility Create One Touch Destination Address Book Public y Fax 01 06 2010 15 25 Cancel Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 9 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the des tination between 1 and 2000 or between 1 and 1000 if no Hard Disk is installed Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available
333. tions License Settings Allows you to issue a license and enable functions Also a request code can be is sued Edit Font Macro Adds font or macro Job Log Allows you to create and download log data of the jobs that were executed in this machine Reference D The following functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed 5 License Settings Edit Font Macro This item is displayed but cannot be specified Job Log 11 5 2 System Settings Reference e To use this machine as a scanner with the application software under TWAIN install the dedicated driv er software KONICA MINOLTA TWAIN For details refer to the TWAIN driver manual in the CD sup plied together with this machine System Settings v Display Machine Setting Machine Setting gt Network TWAIN gt Register Support Information Device Location Administrator Registration Administrator Name admin User Box Setting Stamp Settings Display Setting Extension No Blank Page Print Settings Input Machine Address Skip Job Operation Settings Device Name MFP gt Flash Display Setting E mail Address mfp test local gt System Connection Setting OK Cancel gt Outline PDF Setting Be Administrator E Logout 12 KT Ready to Scan 2 To Main Menu E mail Address admin test local Item Description Machine Setting Changes the registration information of this machine Register Sup Specify sup
334. tray the paper size is selected according to the normal procedure If Print Paper Selection is set to Fixed Size any one of the paper sizes 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 14 or 11 x 17 A4 B4 or A3 is selected as optimal paper size If the selected size paper is not loaded in the paper tray a message appears prompting you to supply the paper of the size The message remains displayed until the paper is loaded in the paper tray If Tray Selection for RX Print is set to other than Auto documents are printed on the paper loaded in the paper tray except the bypass tray specified in Tray Selection for RX Print If the specified paper size is smaller than that of the received document the document is printed in reduced size If the paper tray runs out of paper a message appears prompting you to supply the paper of the size The message remains displayed until the paper is loaded in the paper tray If Print Paper Selection is set to other than Auto Select and Tray Selection for RX Print is set to other than Auto higher priority is given to the setting in Tray Selection for RX Print QQ Reference For details on Print Separate Fax Pages refer to page 10 19 For details on Auto Tray Selection Settings refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations For details on Tray Selection for RX Print Min Reduction for RX Print Print Paper Selection and Duplex Print RX refer to page 10 19 bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 12 6
335. tside Body Text The reception information is printed on the outside of the original image area 2005 01 20 13 43 R001 P 001 003 Not Printed If OFF is selected the reception information is not printed bizhub 423 363 283 223 6 15 7 Convenient functions G3 IP I FAX 7 1 Memory RX G3 IP I FAX 7 7 Convenient functions G3 IP I FAX This section explains the convenient functions for fax transmission 7 1 Memory RX G3 IP I FAX Received documents can be saved and printed as required This function is referred to as memory reception Received documents are saved in the Memory RX User Box Access the User Box and print the document Unnecessary documents can be deleted as well Bai Reference For details on printing or deleting documents saved in User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Reference D When the IP address fax or Internet fax is received and the received data is not supported it is dis carded and nat printed For details refer to page 6 4 Internet fax or page 6 5 IP address fax H The IP address fax or Internet fax can be forwarded only when a Hard Disk s installed bizhub 423 363 283 223 7 2 7 2 Fax forwarding G3 IP I FAX 7 7 2 Fax forwarding G3 IP I FAX Received documents can be forwarded to the pre set destination The following shows the available func tions e This machine can be configured so that it forwards
336. ttempted the number of times specified however transmission failed because the recipient was busy or due to other reasons Check the recipient s state to resend the fax Unable to check send er The machine failed to verify the recipient with Check Dest 8 Send set to Yes Check that the receiver s fax number is registered correctly Not enough memory to continue scanning During scanning of original the memory became full Press Start to send scanned originals Press Stop to stop faxing Transmission failed Please check line con nection The telephone cord may have become unplugged Check the telephone cord for connection and if unplugged plug it securely Cannot connect to the network Make sure that the network cable is correctly connected In addition make sure that Network Settings in Administrator Settings is correctly configured The address for the communication method cannot be selected since the number of addresses has exceeded the maxi mum allowed for broad casting The number of destinations specified exceeds the number possible for a broadcast transmission Reduce the number of broadcast destinations or send the transmission in multiple batches Document could not be saved in the User Box due to insufficient HDD capacity Check log The hard disk is full Delete unnecessary data and then try saving the data again Not enough memory to continue the jo
337. ttings 2 Scan Fax Set 1 2 tings p 9 24 Default Tab Program Default Address Book Index Default Shortcut Key 1 Shortcut Key 2 2 2 Default Address Book Default Address Type 5 FAX Active TX Display SE na 8 Search Option Settings p 9 26 4 Scan Fax Set tings p 9 26 1 2 JPEG Compression Level Black Compression Level TWAIN Lock Time Default Scan Fax Settings 2 2 Compact PDF XPS Compression Level Color TIFF Type Graphic Outlining bizhub 423 363 283 223 9 1 Menu trees in User mode 9 9 1 3 Mode Memory Job List To register a program select blank program key and touch Register Program Programs can be recalled or deleted Recall Scan Fax Program ist Broadcast Destinations test2 al Delete Delete 01 05 2010 18 20 Toner Level il Memory 100 First level Second level Third level Fourth level Page List Register Pro Name gram p 9 20 Address URL Notif Destination Check Program Check Address Serge Peau Check Scan Settings Check Original Settings Communication Settings Check E Mail Settings Check URL Notif Destination RX Ability Destination Delete p 9 21 Reference D The item with mark is displayed if a Hard Disk is installed and the Internet fax is included in the pro gr
338. ttings 01 06 2010 15 58 Memory 100 10 3 6 Security Settings Security Details 1 4 page Item Specify setting for selected item Administrator Settings gt Security Settings gt Security Details ES Mode 1 SC Utility Security Settings Print Data Capture Allow 01 06 2010 15 59 Memory 100 Description Manual Destination Input Specify whether to allow manual destination input If necessary you can allow manual destination input only for G3 fax and restrict it in other transmission options e Allow All Allows manual destination input in all transmis sion options e Enable Function Individually Allows manual destination input only for G3 fax and restricts it in other transmission options This machine does not support SIP fax e Restrict Hides the Direct Input tab to prevent you from directly entering destinations bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 12 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV 1 0 Administrator Settings gt Security Settings gt Security Details Job Setting Job Log Settings A No ON Restrict Fax TX OFF R g K TON lt MrB gt ON 2 4 page E Specify setting for selected item Utility Administrator Settings Security Settings Display Activity Log ON 01 06 2010 15 59 Memory 100 Item Description Hide Personal Information Specify whether to include destinations in Job Hi
339. ubscriber Identification which is the ID of a fax transmission terminal V34 A communication mode used for super G3 fax transmission Super G3 mode transmission may not be activated because of a telephone line status where the receiver s or sender s machine is connected to a telephone line via a pri vate branch exchange switchboard If this occurs the G3 mode should be disabled by turning V34 off Z Folded Original This function first determines the document size that cannot be detected cor rectly because of folds then scans and sends the document after the verifi cation This function is available only when a document is scanned by ADF bizhub 423 363 283 223 13 15 14 1 Index by item 14 l iil 14 Index 14 1 Index by item A Gonfidential RX ocio rana nana 7 6 Activity naa 8 11 Confidential RX report EE 8 24 Address POD alentado 4 5 5 20 Connection of network Cable ees 4 3 A A E E E ST 9 7 Contact your service representative ooocccccccconccnnnn 12 9 O 9 9 Control Panel orina lili 3 2 Si NEE 9 13 COPY guard veeseessesssessessseessesseessetssessesssetsseeseeeseeeseeees 10 12 ci AAA 9 17 IP address fax cocccccconoccccconocccocononoraconnnoccccnacae amp DES PC SMB oeenn 9 11 Bulletin board USE eege Jar User DOK sico dins 9 8 A tee SE Relay user DOX cceeecesesereeeseceeeseneeseseeseseenenesees 9 22 WebDAV re 9 14 i Address search LDAP CUSTOMIZE 2eudeggzsg ggeiegd il
340. umber assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Status The status of the job receiving saving to memory sending Document Name The name of the saved docu ment e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original TIN When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Delete Press this button to delete the selected job bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 2 Touch panel 3 Item Description Detail Press this button to check the status the registra tion source user name document name User Box stored time number of original pages or external server information for the selected job To delete a job press Delete e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication Reference e When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed The names of confidential documents are not displayed e The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Grou
341. unication procedure related to the usage of subaddress of T 30 standardized by CIAJ Communications and Information Network Associa tion of Japan F code is provided by Japanese Communications Industrial Corporation Various kinds of capabilities are available for the communica tion among fax machines with the F code function irrespective of difference of the fax machine brand This machine uses F code for the bulletin boards relay request confidential communication and password transmission a communication standard Frame Erase A function of erasing dark shadow around the document before transmitting it via fax when scanning a booklet form document or a document with ADF kept open G3 A fax communication mode standardized by the ITU T International Tele communication Union G3 and G4 are provided for the communication modes Today G3 is more widely used than G4 Group The grouping of multiple abbreviation numbers It is convenient to use the group when a volume of sequential broadcast transmissions or sequential pollings are distributed to the same destination addresses LDAP The acronym for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol a protocol used to access a database that can manage E mail addresses and environmental in formation of network users on the Internet intranet or other TCP IP network Long Original A function to send original pages longer than A3 size 16 9 16 inches 420 mm Long ori
342. up to 20 Administrator Settings gt One Touch User Box Registration List gt Group List List Output Number 1 Number of 20 Destinations 1 20 30 12 2009 19 21 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 2 Common lists 8 2 Configure the Paper Tray and Simplex Duplex settings and then press Start gt Select Sall or 11x17 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing Administrator Settings gt Group List gt Print Group List Paper Tray Simplex Duplex Utility 7 feo IR gt Administrator Settings n 2 fett 2 Sided DEE SEPacion 3 D 4 Ge D 12 30 2009 19 24 Cancel Start Memory 100 Group List Print sample Group Address List 01 08 2010 10 10 Serial No A1UEO11900003 TC 322 Speed Dial BRCREREARREZon Port Number SIP Fax TX Access Allowed Levers Regist Count 0004 0005 Gine 0006 0007 0008 Information included in the list Item Description No Group number Name Name representing the registered group Speed Dial Address book registration number One touch number registered for the group SIP Fax This machine does not support SIP fax Apply Level Referable Registered access allowed level Group Regist Count The number of address book registration numbers One Touch numbers registered for the group bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 8 8 2 Common lists 8 8 2 3 Program Li
343. ut the body Select job setting EE ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Job Setting TX Result Report Check OFF ON E Network Fax RX Error Report ON Administrator Settings MDN Message ON EE ON Utility Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 57 Memory 100 Print E mail Message Body I FAX Configure the output settings for body of successfully received E mail Specify whether to output the body Select job setting E ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings ON FF Utility Administrator Settings MDN Message OFF DSN Message 0 Fax Settings SE CH 01 07 2010 11 58 Memory 100 10 5 12 Fax Settings Job Settings List En Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 31 bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 38 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 10 5 13 Fax Settings Network Fax Settings Configure the settings for Internet Fax and IP Address Fax Black Compression Level Specify the device capabilities for fax transmissions when sending faxes with the file format selected to TIFF e MMR default The data size is smaller e MR The data size is intermediate between MMR and MH e MH The data size is larger O Select item and enter setting 5 ministrator Settings gt Network Fax Settings gt Black Compression Level Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings Network Fax Settings 01 0
344. ven priority e When saving a document in a Public Personal or Group User Box it is saved with Multi Page while Page Separation is specified The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed H Page Separation is enabled when sending by E mail SMB or FTP bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 39 5 10 Scan Settings 5 Encryption If the PDF or Compact PDF is selected for the file format the encryption level can be specified ob 0 Basco 000 Encryption Level Scan Settings gt File Type gt Encryption Item Description Password Enter the password necessary to open encrypted data up to 32 characters For confirmation the password needs to be entered twice Document Permissions Enter the password necessary to change docu ment permissions up to 32 characters For con firmation the password needs to be entered twice bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 40 5 10 Scan Settings i Item Description Detail Settings Allows you to configure the detailed permission settings when the docu ment permission is specified in Encryption Printing Allowed Select whether to allow or restrict printing data Low Resolution appears when the Encryption Level is set to High level e f Low level is selected Job List Specify the encryption conditions jocu
345. ween you and specific persons using the Confidential User Box Sending an original to a Confidential User Box of the recipient machine is referred to as confidential transmission and receiving an original in a Confidential User Box of your machine is referred to as confidential reception This function is available only if the recipient s machine is capable of handling F code 1 Send 2 Confidential user box 3 Receive Settings required for confidential reception To receive data by confidential reception create a User Box to be used for confidential reception in this ma chine The setting for confidential reception can be configured when creating a Public Personal or Group User Box in the hard disk of this machine If no Hard Disk is installed create the Confidential RX User Box QQ Reference For details on the Confidential RX setting when creating a User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tions Receiving by confidential reception When a document is received by confidential reception it is saved in a Confidential User Box Access the User Box and print the document Unnecessary documents can be deleted as well QA Reference For details on printing or deleting documents saved in User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Sending by confidential transmission To sen
346. whether to combine the stamp as an Job List image or as text Scan Settings gt File Type gt Stamp Composition Broadcast Destinations 2 30 2009 01 38 Memory 100 Item Description Image Select this setting to insert the text as an image Text Select this setting to insert the text as text Outline PDF Configure this item when Compact PDF is selected for the file type This function performs outline process ing for characters ensuring a smooth display image It is also available when editing data using an application such as Adobe Illustrator MA Reference This function enables you to specify the accuracy of outline processing when creating an outline PDF For details refer to page 9 26 i Select the document file type fo E You can also select single page or Eeer This Te mot ed to fax transmi n Scan Settings gt File Type Broadcast Destinations JPEG Compact XPS Page Separation Detailed PDF Settings Encryption ESTOY B i E Rain sais 12 30 2009 01 39 Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 42 5 10 Scan Settings 5 10 5 Density Adjust the density for the scanned document e To adjust the density press Light or Dark H Press Standard to return to default value i Select desired density for the scanned JobList document Scan Settings gt Density Broadcast Destinations
347. x gt Address Book List List Output Number Print Destination List by Type 1 Administrator pumeenatfons ve Settings Destinations 1 100 One Touch User Box Reg WebDAV 11 29 2009 11 26 Cancel Memory 100 2 E Select Gell or 1147 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing inistrator Settings gt Address Book List gt Print Address Book List Paper Tray Simplex Duplex pg gt 2 Sided 12 30 2009 19 25 Cancel IN start Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 8 4 8 2 Common lists Print sample Fax Speed Dial List 01 08 2010 09 59 Serial No A1UE011900003 TC 321 _Index Name i FAX Fax Access Allowed Levels Reference Allowed Group 0008 JKL 0006 MNO Osaka Office 111222333444 Monochrome Machine Tokyo Office Kyoto Office 000111222333 Monochrome Machine KKK OFF Level 0 Monochrome Machine OK OFF 222333444555 Level 0 Information included in the list Information included in the list varies depending on the type of address book Fax Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination G3 FAX Registered fax number Line Settings appears if the line setting is configured Machine Typ
348. x number and then press Send Job List Enter fax number again to confirm Enter New Address gt Fax Destination Bi Broadcast Destinations KEK A Tone Pause Check Job Settings 0 2009 00 39 Toner Level ll Memory 100 EQ Reference For details on the Confirm Address function refer to page 10 22 5 6 2 E mail Enter the E mail address in the touch panel bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 25 5 6 Direct Input 5 5 6 3 User Box Select the User Box type and then select the User Box Job List Select desired User Box to save document The document name can also be specified Enter New Address gt User Box Broadcast Destinations User Box A Document Name SKMBT_42309123000400 1 1 Delete El check Job Settings E 12 30 2009 00 40 Toner Level K Memory 100 Reference D The function for saving a document in the Public Personal or Group User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed ER Reference For details on using the saved data in User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 5 6 4 Internet Fax Enter the E mail address in the touch panel Next Destination Press this button to continuously specify another destination Receiver RX Ability Select settings that are receivable in the Internet Fax destination Multiple receivable settings can be select ed Job List Specify t
349. x used by the TSI Distribution function to enabled save data Is Memory RX en If Memory RX is enabled print the document received by fol abled lowing the procedure described below e Press User Box and then press System User Box e Press Compulsory Memory RX User Box and then press Use File e f a password has been configured enter it and then press OK e Select the document you want to print and then press Print Or set Memory RX Setting to No in the Utility menu Optionally you can change the setting to disable Memory RX For details refer to page 10 23 bizhub 423 363 283 223 12 4 12 2 Cannot receive faxes 12 12 2 2 Network Fax Description of problem Check points Corrective Actions Cannot receive faxes Is paper in the machine If the add paper icon is lit the machine is out of paper and re ceived documents are stored in memory Add paper For the procedure for adding paper refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Is paper jammed in the machine In case of a paper jam received documents are stored in memory Remove the jammed paper For the procedure for correcting paper jams refer to the Us er s Guide Copy Operations Is the machine out of toner No fax can be received if the toner is exhausted Replace the toner cartridge For the procedure for replacing the toner cartridges refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Is the network ca bl
350. xes to relaying destinations upon request for re lay issued from a relay instruction station Relay instruction station A fax machine sending a relay broadcast request Resending A function of selecting and resending the document that was previously failed to send and stored in the memory The document can be resent either to the same destination or to the other destination Resolution The granularity for scanning documents The larger the value of resolution the finer the image quality is consequently it takes longer to transmit trans mission time Select the level of resolution according to your requirements Scan Size A function to specify the scanning size of a document to transmit it If the width of the paper in the recipient s fax machine is smaller than that of the transmitted document the document is usually reduced for printing If you do not want to reduce the document size specify the same document size as that of the paper in the recipient s fax machine so that you can send the doc ument with its original size Sender Fax No An identification code used for the mutual recognition for fax transmission Usually the fax number is registered for the fax ID Sender Name The name of a sender On the receiver s side the name is printed as a part of the sender s information at the edge of the transmitted document Sending Sending indicates making a call For fax sending indicates send
351. xing ministrator Settings gt Network Fax Setting gt Internet Fax Self RX Ability Fongression Paper Size Resolution 4 Administrator 600x600dpi Settings Ultra Fine E E Fax Settings y Network Fax Settings ere 01 07 2010 13 16 100 Memory Item Description Compression Type Select the compression type of a fax job the machine can receive Paper Size Select the paper size for a fax job the machine can receive Resolution Select the resolution of a fax job the machine can receive bizhub 423 363 283 223 10 40 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 Internet Fax Advanced Settings I FAX This item appears if the Internet fax function is available You can configure detailed settings for Internet fax es 1 2 page Utility Administrator Settings Settings Item Select item and enter setting oo EE Fax Settings Monitoring rime 24 hours Do Not Monitor TEN 01 07 2010 13 16 Memory 100 Description MDN Request Specify whether to request for an MDN to the recipient machine when send ing a fax e f both MDN Request and DSN Request are set to Yes the setting for MDN Request is given priority DSN Request Select whether to request for a DSN to the recipient machine when sending a fax MDN Response Select whether to respond to an MDN request from the recipient machine when receiving a fax MDN DS
352. xplains functions of a device management utility PageScope Web Connection Using PageScope Web Connection PageScope Web Connection is a device control utility provided by the HTTP server built in the printer con troller Using a Web browser on a computer connected to the network you can change machine settings and check the status of the machine Using this utility you can configure some settings which are to be handled in the control panel of this machine through your computer and also smoothly enter characters Operating environment Network Ethernet TCP IP Applications on compu Web browser ter lt For Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista Server 2008 7 gt e Microsoft Internet Explorer Ver 6 7 8 JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled lt For Macintosh MacOS 9 x MacOS X gt e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled lt For Linux gt e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Adobe Flash Player e Plug in Ver 7 0 or later required to select Flash as the display format e Plug in Ver 9 0 or later required to use the Data Management Utility font macro data management How to access Start the Web browser t
353. y In the Preview screen the orientation of the scanned orig inal can be checked or the settings can be changed Reference D If Encryption is selected you cannot display the preview image 5 2 1 Preview screen Preview View Pages Displays the scanned image _ Toner Level Ki Item En Lo aS Rotate Pages Delete Page view Fintsning CSCS change setting View Pages A Description Previous Page Next Page If the saved document contains multiple pages use these buttons to switch the display to another page Zoom Press either of H E to change the display size to check the details of the document Each time pressing J the display size changes to 2 times 4 times and 8 times of the full size display in this or der In the enlarged display mode use the scroll bars located in the right and the bottom of the im age to view to the desired portion of the document bizhub 423 363 283 223 5 2 Using the advanced preview Item Description Rotate Image When Scan is selected in Preview amp Rotates the currently displayed page 90 de grees anti clockwise to show the image w Rotates the currently displayed page 90 de grees clockwise to show the image Rotate Pages Select if the saved document con tains multiple pages e You can select multiple images in the page to be rotated e Odd Page Select images in the odd num bered page
354. ya q__ _ SSS SS EEE File Type Density Separate Scan Miololololofofslalal No Multi Page A A Stamp Composition Image Check Job Settings 12 23 2009 22 20 Toner Level ll E Memory 100 Check Job Check Job Settings Original Settings You can check the original settings Job List Select desired button to change Broadcast Destinations _ Z Folded El Tokyo Mixed Original origina CHEN E Osaka No No No A Original Direction Binding Position TRTE menory TO Auto Check Job Settings 12 23 2009 22 34 Toner Level ll Memory 100 Check Job Check Job Settings Communication Settings You can check the line settings and transmission method settings Press either lt Back or Forward to check Job List Select desired button to change its setting Check Job Detailed Settings gt Communication Settings Line Settings 1 2 Back ES gt Broadcast Destinations v34 OFF Overseas TX ECM OFF A Nagoya e Header Check Dest amp Send E on EE Do Not Set Check Job Settings 12 23 2009 22 35 Toner Level ll Memory 100 bizhub 423 363 283 223 3 2 Touch panel 3 Check Job Check Job Settings Check E Mail Settings You can check the document name subject From address and message body to send E mail messages Check Job Detailed Settings gt Detailed E Mail Settings Document Name SKMBT_42309122322370 e Subject Toky
355. ys the destination type in cluding fax E Mail FTP PC SMB WebDAV TWAIN or setting disabled Address Displays the fax number E mail ad dress User Box name etc of the recipient s ma chine Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original Result Displays the result of the operation com pleted successfully deleted due to error deleted by user This is displayed when sending data while the ad dress is deleted TIL When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Deleted Jobs Finished Jobs All Jobs Switch to display each job type Comm List Displays the list of scanner and fax transmission sent received jobs You can print Activity Report TX Report and RX Report in respective list screens Detail Press this button to check the result error details registration source user name file name destina tion type stored time transmission number of original pages and external server information for the selected job e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication e TWAIN appears for the job

User's Guide [Network Scan/Fax/Network Fax Operations]

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents